| 1 | /* BFD semi-generic back-end for a.out binaries. |
| 2 | Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, |
| 3 | 2001, 2002, 2003 |
| 4 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 5 | Written by Cygnus Support. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| 8 | |
| 9 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 10 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 11 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or |
| 12 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 13 | |
| 14 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 15 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 16 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 17 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 18 | |
| 19 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 20 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 21 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
| 22 | |
| 23 | /* |
| 24 | SECTION |
| 25 | a.out backends |
| 26 | |
| 27 | DESCRIPTION |
| 28 | |
| 29 | BFD supports a number of different flavours of a.out format, |
| 30 | though the major differences are only the sizes of the |
| 31 | structures on disk, and the shape of the relocation |
| 32 | information. |
| 33 | |
| 34 | The support is split into a basic support file @file{aoutx.h} |
| 35 | and other files which derive functions from the base. One |
| 36 | derivation file is @file{aoutf1.h} (for a.out flavour 1), and |
| 37 | adds to the basic a.out functions support for sun3, sun4, 386 |
| 38 | and 29k a.out files, to create a target jump vector for a |
| 39 | specific target. |
| 40 | |
| 41 | This information is further split out into more specific files |
| 42 | for each machine, including @file{sunos.c} for sun3 and sun4, |
| 43 | @file{newsos3.c} for the Sony NEWS, and @file{demo64.c} for a |
| 44 | demonstration of a 64 bit a.out format. |
| 45 | |
| 46 | The base file @file{aoutx.h} defines general mechanisms for |
| 47 | reading and writing records to and from disk and various |
| 48 | other methods which BFD requires. It is included by |
| 49 | @file{aout32.c} and @file{aout64.c} to form the names |
| 50 | <<aout_32_swap_exec_header_in>>, <<aout_64_swap_exec_header_in>>, etc. |
| 51 | |
| 52 | As an example, this is what goes on to make the back end for a |
| 53 | sun4, from @file{aout32.c}: |
| 54 | |
| 55 | | #define ARCH_SIZE 32 |
| 56 | | #include "aoutx.h" |
| 57 | |
| 58 | Which exports names: |
| 59 | |
| 60 | | ... |
| 61 | | aout_32_canonicalize_reloc |
| 62 | | aout_32_find_nearest_line |
| 63 | | aout_32_get_lineno |
| 64 | | aout_32_get_reloc_upper_bound |
| 65 | | ... |
| 66 | |
| 67 | from @file{sunos.c}: |
| 68 | |
| 69 | | #define TARGET_NAME "a.out-sunos-big" |
| 70 | | #define VECNAME sunos_big_vec |
| 71 | | #include "aoutf1.h" |
| 72 | |
| 73 | requires all the names from @file{aout32.c}, and produces the jump vector |
| 74 | |
| 75 | | sunos_big_vec |
| 76 | |
| 77 | The file @file{host-aout.c} is a special case. It is for a large set |
| 78 | of hosts that use ``more or less standard'' a.out files, and |
| 79 | for which cross-debugging is not interesting. It uses the |
| 80 | standard 32-bit a.out support routines, but determines the |
| 81 | file offsets and addresses of the text, data, and BSS |
| 82 | sections, the machine architecture and machine type, and the |
| 83 | entry point address, in a host-dependent manner. Once these |
| 84 | values have been determined, generic code is used to handle |
| 85 | the object file. |
| 86 | |
| 87 | When porting it to run on a new system, you must supply: |
| 88 | |
| 89 | | HOST_PAGE_SIZE |
| 90 | | HOST_SEGMENT_SIZE |
| 91 | | HOST_MACHINE_ARCH (optional) |
| 92 | | HOST_MACHINE_MACHINE (optional) |
| 93 | | HOST_TEXT_START_ADDR |
| 94 | | HOST_STACK_END_ADDR |
| 95 | |
| 96 | in the file @file{../include/sys/h-@var{XXX}.h} (for your host). These |
| 97 | values, plus the structures and macros defined in @file{a.out.h} on |
| 98 | your host system, will produce a BFD target that will access |
| 99 | ordinary a.out files on your host. To configure a new machine |
| 100 | to use @file{host-aout.c}, specify: |
| 101 | |
| 102 | | TDEFAULTS = -DDEFAULT_VECTOR=host_aout_big_vec |
| 103 | | TDEPFILES= host-aout.o trad-core.o |
| 104 | |
| 105 | in the @file{config/@var{XXX}.mt} file, and modify @file{configure.in} |
| 106 | to use the |
| 107 | @file{@var{XXX}.mt} file (by setting "<<bfd_target=XXX>>") when your |
| 108 | configuration is selected. */ |
| 109 | |
| 110 | /* Some assumptions: |
| 111 | * Any BFD with D_PAGED set is ZMAGIC, and vice versa. |
| 112 | Doesn't matter what the setting of WP_TEXT is on output, but it'll |
| 113 | get set on input. |
| 114 | * Any BFD with D_PAGED clear and WP_TEXT set is NMAGIC. |
| 115 | * Any BFD with both flags clear is OMAGIC. |
| 116 | (Just want to make these explicit, so the conditions tested in this |
| 117 | file make sense if you're more familiar with a.out than with BFD.) */ |
| 118 | |
| 119 | #define KEEPIT udata.i |
| 120 | |
| 121 | #include "bfd.h" |
| 122 | #include "sysdep.h" |
| 123 | #include "safe-ctype.h" |
| 124 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
| 125 | |
| 126 | #include "libaout.h" |
| 127 | #include "libbfd.h" |
| 128 | #include "aout/aout64.h" |
| 129 | #include "aout/stab_gnu.h" |
| 130 | #include "aout/ar.h" |
| 131 | |
| 132 | static bfd_boolean aout_get_external_symbols |
| 133 | PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 134 | static bfd_boolean translate_from_native_sym_flags |
| 135 | PARAMS ((bfd *, aout_symbol_type *)); |
| 136 | static bfd_boolean translate_to_native_sym_flags |
| 137 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, struct external_nlist *)); |
| 138 | static void adjust_o_magic |
| 139 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_exec *)); |
| 140 | static void adjust_z_magic |
| 141 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_exec *)); |
| 142 | static void adjust_n_magic |
| 143 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_exec *)); |
| 144 | reloc_howto_type * NAME(aout,reloc_type_lookup) |
| 145 | PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type)); |
| 146 | |
| 147 | /* |
| 148 | SUBSECTION |
| 149 | Relocations |
| 150 | |
| 151 | DESCRIPTION |
| 152 | The file @file{aoutx.h} provides for both the @emph{standard} |
| 153 | and @emph{extended} forms of a.out relocation records. |
| 154 | |
| 155 | The standard records contain only an |
| 156 | address, a symbol index, and a type field. The extended records |
| 157 | (used on 29ks and sparcs) also have a full integer for an |
| 158 | addend. */ |
| 159 | |
| 160 | #ifndef CTOR_TABLE_RELOC_HOWTO |
| 161 | #define CTOR_TABLE_RELOC_IDX 2 |
| 162 | #define CTOR_TABLE_RELOC_HOWTO(BFD) \ |
| 163 | ((obj_reloc_entry_size (BFD) == RELOC_EXT_SIZE \ |
| 164 | ? howto_table_ext : howto_table_std) \ |
| 165 | + CTOR_TABLE_RELOC_IDX) |
| 166 | #endif |
| 167 | |
| 168 | #ifndef MY_swap_std_reloc_in |
| 169 | #define MY_swap_std_reloc_in NAME(aout,swap_std_reloc_in) |
| 170 | #endif |
| 171 | |
| 172 | #ifndef MY_swap_ext_reloc_in |
| 173 | #define MY_swap_ext_reloc_in NAME(aout,swap_ext_reloc_in) |
| 174 | #endif |
| 175 | |
| 176 | #ifndef MY_swap_std_reloc_out |
| 177 | #define MY_swap_std_reloc_out NAME(aout,swap_std_reloc_out) |
| 178 | #endif |
| 179 | |
| 180 | #ifndef MY_swap_ext_reloc_out |
| 181 | #define MY_swap_ext_reloc_out NAME(aout,swap_ext_reloc_out) |
| 182 | #endif |
| 183 | |
| 184 | #ifndef MY_final_link_relocate |
| 185 | #define MY_final_link_relocate _bfd_final_link_relocate |
| 186 | #endif |
| 187 | |
| 188 | #ifndef MY_relocate_contents |
| 189 | #define MY_relocate_contents _bfd_relocate_contents |
| 190 | #endif |
| 191 | |
| 192 | #define howto_table_ext NAME(aout,ext_howto_table) |
| 193 | #define howto_table_std NAME(aout,std_howto_table) |
| 194 | |
| 195 | reloc_howto_type howto_table_ext[] = |
| 196 | { |
| 197 | /* type rs size bsz pcrel bitpos ovrf sf name part_inpl readmask setmask pcdone. */ |
| 198 | HOWTO(RELOC_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"8", FALSE, 0,0x000000ff, FALSE), |
| 199 | HOWTO(RELOC_16, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"16", FALSE, 0,0x0000ffff, FALSE), |
| 200 | HOWTO(RELOC_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"32", FALSE, 0,0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 201 | HOWTO(RELOC_DISP8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"DISP8", FALSE, 0,0x000000ff, FALSE), |
| 202 | HOWTO(RELOC_DISP16, 0, 1, 16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"DISP16", FALSE, 0,0x0000ffff, FALSE), |
| 203 | HOWTO(RELOC_DISP32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"DISP32", FALSE, 0,0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 204 | HOWTO(RELOC_WDISP30,2, 2, 30, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"WDISP30", FALSE, 0,0x3fffffff, FALSE), |
| 205 | HOWTO(RELOC_WDISP22,2, 2, 22, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"WDISP22", FALSE, 0,0x003fffff, FALSE), |
| 206 | HOWTO(RELOC_HI22, 10, 2, 22, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"HI22", FALSE, 0,0x003fffff, FALSE), |
| 207 | HOWTO(RELOC_22, 0, 2, 22, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"22", FALSE, 0,0x003fffff, FALSE), |
| 208 | HOWTO(RELOC_13, 0, 2, 13, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"13", FALSE, 0,0x00001fff, FALSE), |
| 209 | HOWTO(RELOC_LO10, 0, 2, 10, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont,0,"LO10", FALSE, 0,0x000003ff, FALSE), |
| 210 | HOWTO(RELOC_SFA_BASE,0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"SFA_BASE", FALSE, 0,0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 211 | HOWTO(RELOC_SFA_OFF13,0,2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"SFA_OFF13",FALSE, 0,0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 212 | HOWTO(RELOC_BASE10, 0, 2, 10, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont,0,"BASE10", FALSE, 0,0x000003ff, FALSE), |
| 213 | HOWTO(RELOC_BASE13, 0, 2, 13, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"BASE13", FALSE, 0,0x00001fff, FALSE), |
| 214 | HOWTO(RELOC_BASE22, 10, 2, 22, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"BASE22", FALSE, 0,0x003fffff, FALSE), |
| 215 | HOWTO(RELOC_PC10, 0, 2, 10, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_dont,0,"PC10", FALSE, 0,0x000003ff, TRUE), |
| 216 | HOWTO(RELOC_PC22, 10, 2, 22, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"PC22", FALSE, 0,0x003fffff, TRUE), |
| 217 | HOWTO(RELOC_JMP_TBL,2, 2, 30, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"JMP_TBL", FALSE, 0,0x3fffffff, FALSE), |
| 218 | HOWTO(RELOC_SEGOFF16,0, 2, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"SEGOFF16", FALSE, 0,0x00000000, FALSE), |
| 219 | HOWTO(RELOC_GLOB_DAT,0, 2, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"GLOB_DAT", FALSE, 0,0x00000000, FALSE), |
| 220 | HOWTO(RELOC_JMP_SLOT,0, 2, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"JMP_SLOT", FALSE, 0,0x00000000, FALSE), |
| 221 | HOWTO(RELOC_RELATIVE,0, 2, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"RELATIVE", FALSE, 0,0x00000000, FALSE), |
| 222 | HOWTO(0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont, 0, "R_SPARC_NONE", FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE), |
| 223 | HOWTO(0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont, 0, "R_SPARC_NONE", FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE), |
| 224 | #define RELOC_SPARC_REV32 RELOC_WDISP19 |
| 225 | HOWTO(RELOC_SPARC_REV32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont,0,"R_SPARC_REV32", FALSE, 0,0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 226 | }; |
| 227 | |
| 228 | /* Convert standard reloc records to "arelent" format (incl byte swap). */ |
| 229 | |
| 230 | reloc_howto_type howto_table_std[] = |
| 231 | { |
| 232 | /* type rs size bsz pcrel bitpos ovrf sf name part_inpl readmask setmask pcdone. */ |
| 233 | HOWTO ( 0, 0, 0, 8, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"8", TRUE, 0x000000ff,0x000000ff, FALSE), |
| 234 | HOWTO ( 1, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"16", TRUE, 0x0000ffff,0x0000ffff, FALSE), |
| 235 | HOWTO ( 2, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"32", TRUE, 0xffffffff,0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 236 | HOWTO ( 3, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"64", TRUE, 0xdeaddead,0xdeaddead, FALSE), |
| 237 | HOWTO ( 4, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, 0,"DISP8", TRUE, 0x000000ff,0x000000ff, FALSE), |
| 238 | HOWTO ( 5, 0, 1, 16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, 0,"DISP16", TRUE, 0x0000ffff,0x0000ffff, FALSE), |
| 239 | HOWTO ( 6, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, 0,"DISP32", TRUE, 0xffffffff,0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 240 | HOWTO ( 7, 0, 4, 64, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, 0,"DISP64", TRUE, 0xfeedface,0xfeedface, FALSE), |
| 241 | HOWTO ( 8, 0, 2, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"GOT_REL", FALSE, 0,0x00000000, FALSE), |
| 242 | HOWTO ( 9, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"BASE16", FALSE,0xffffffff,0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 243 | HOWTO (10, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"BASE32", FALSE,0xffffffff,0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 244 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 245 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 246 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 247 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 248 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 249 | HOWTO (16, 0, 2, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"JMP_TABLE", FALSE, 0,0x00000000, FALSE), |
| 250 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 251 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 252 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 253 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 254 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 255 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 256 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 257 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 258 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 259 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 260 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 261 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 262 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 263 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 264 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 265 | HOWTO (32, 0, 2, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"RELATIVE", FALSE, 0,0x00000000, FALSE), |
| 266 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 267 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 268 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 269 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 270 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 271 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 272 | EMPTY_HOWTO (-1), |
| 273 | HOWTO (40, 0, 2, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"BASEREL", FALSE, 0,0x00000000, FALSE), |
| 274 | }; |
| 275 | |
| 276 | #define TABLE_SIZE(TABLE) (sizeof (TABLE) / sizeof (TABLE[0])) |
| 277 | |
| 278 | reloc_howto_type * |
| 279 | NAME(aout,reloc_type_lookup) (abfd,code) |
| 280 | bfd *abfd; |
| 281 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; |
| 282 | { |
| 283 | #define EXT(i, j) case i: return &howto_table_ext[j] |
| 284 | #define STD(i, j) case i: return &howto_table_std[j] |
| 285 | int ext = obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) == RELOC_EXT_SIZE; |
| 286 | |
| 287 | if (code == BFD_RELOC_CTOR) |
| 288 | switch (bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)->bits_per_address) |
| 289 | { |
| 290 | case 32: |
| 291 | code = BFD_RELOC_32; |
| 292 | break; |
| 293 | case 64: |
| 294 | code = BFD_RELOC_64; |
| 295 | break; |
| 296 | } |
| 297 | |
| 298 | if (ext) |
| 299 | switch (code) |
| 300 | { |
| 301 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_8, 0); |
| 302 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_16, 1); |
| 303 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_32, 2); |
| 304 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_HI22, 8); |
| 305 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_LO10, 11); |
| 306 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2, 6); |
| 307 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP22, 7); |
| 308 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC13, 10); |
| 309 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT10, 14); |
| 310 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_BASE13, 15); |
| 311 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT13, 15); |
| 312 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT22, 16); |
| 313 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC10, 17); |
| 314 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC22, 18); |
| 315 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WPLT30, 19); |
| 316 | EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_REV32, 26); |
| 317 | default: return (reloc_howto_type *) NULL; |
| 318 | } |
| 319 | else |
| 320 | /* std relocs. */ |
| 321 | switch (code) |
| 322 | { |
| 323 | STD (BFD_RELOC_8, 0); |
| 324 | STD (BFD_RELOC_16, 1); |
| 325 | STD (BFD_RELOC_32, 2); |
| 326 | STD (BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, 4); |
| 327 | STD (BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, 5); |
| 328 | STD (BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, 6); |
| 329 | STD (BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL, 9); |
| 330 | STD (BFD_RELOC_32_BASEREL, 10); |
| 331 | default: return (reloc_howto_type *) NULL; |
| 332 | } |
| 333 | } |
| 334 | |
| 335 | /* |
| 336 | SUBSECTION |
| 337 | Internal entry points |
| 338 | |
| 339 | DESCRIPTION |
| 340 | @file{aoutx.h} exports several routines for accessing the |
| 341 | contents of an a.out file, which are gathered and exported in |
| 342 | turn by various format specific files (eg sunos.c). |
| 343 | |
| 344 | */ |
| 345 | |
| 346 | /* |
| 347 | FUNCTION |
| 348 | aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_in |
| 349 | |
| 350 | SYNOPSIS |
| 351 | void aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_in, |
| 352 | (bfd *abfd, |
| 353 | struct external_exec *raw_bytes, |
| 354 | struct internal_exec *execp); |
| 355 | |
| 356 | DESCRIPTION |
| 357 | Swap the information in an executable header @var{raw_bytes} taken |
| 358 | from a raw byte stream memory image into the internal exec header |
| 359 | structure @var{execp}. |
| 360 | */ |
| 361 | |
| 362 | #ifndef NAME_swap_exec_header_in |
| 363 | void |
| 364 | NAME(aout,swap_exec_header_in) (abfd, raw_bytes, execp) |
| 365 | bfd *abfd; |
| 366 | struct external_exec *raw_bytes; |
| 367 | struct internal_exec *execp; |
| 368 | { |
| 369 | struct external_exec *bytes = (struct external_exec *)raw_bytes; |
| 370 | |
| 371 | /* The internal_exec structure has some fields that are unused in this |
| 372 | configuration (IE for i960), so ensure that all such uninitialized |
| 373 | fields are zero'd out. There are places where two of these structs |
| 374 | are memcmp'd, and thus the contents do matter. */ |
| 375 | memset ((PTR) execp, 0, sizeof (struct internal_exec)); |
| 376 | /* Now fill in fields in the execp, from the bytes in the raw data. */ |
| 377 | execp->a_info = H_GET_32 (abfd, bytes->e_info); |
| 378 | execp->a_text = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_text); |
| 379 | execp->a_data = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_data); |
| 380 | execp->a_bss = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_bss); |
| 381 | execp->a_syms = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_syms); |
| 382 | execp->a_entry = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_entry); |
| 383 | execp->a_trsize = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_trsize); |
| 384 | execp->a_drsize = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_drsize); |
| 385 | } |
| 386 | #define NAME_swap_exec_header_in NAME(aout,swap_exec_header_in) |
| 387 | #endif |
| 388 | |
| 389 | /* |
| 390 | FUNCTION |
| 391 | aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_out |
| 392 | |
| 393 | SYNOPSIS |
| 394 | void aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_out |
| 395 | (bfd *abfd, |
| 396 | struct internal_exec *execp, |
| 397 | struct external_exec *raw_bytes); |
| 398 | |
| 399 | DESCRIPTION |
| 400 | Swap the information in an internal exec header structure |
| 401 | @var{execp} into the buffer @var{raw_bytes} ready for writing to disk. |
| 402 | */ |
| 403 | void |
| 404 | NAME(aout,swap_exec_header_out) (abfd, execp, raw_bytes) |
| 405 | bfd *abfd; |
| 406 | struct internal_exec *execp; |
| 407 | struct external_exec *raw_bytes; |
| 408 | { |
| 409 | struct external_exec *bytes = (struct external_exec *)raw_bytes; |
| 410 | |
| 411 | /* Now fill in fields in the raw data, from the fields in the exec struct. */ |
| 412 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, execp->a_info , bytes->e_info); |
| 413 | PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_text , bytes->e_text); |
| 414 | PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_data , bytes->e_data); |
| 415 | PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_bss , bytes->e_bss); |
| 416 | PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_syms , bytes->e_syms); |
| 417 | PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_entry , bytes->e_entry); |
| 418 | PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_trsize, bytes->e_trsize); |
| 419 | PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_drsize, bytes->e_drsize); |
| 420 | } |
| 421 | |
| 422 | /* Make all the section for an a.out file. */ |
| 423 | |
| 424 | bfd_boolean |
| 425 | NAME(aout,make_sections) (abfd) |
| 426 | bfd *abfd; |
| 427 | { |
| 428 | if (obj_textsec (abfd) == (asection *) NULL |
| 429 | && bfd_make_section (abfd, ".text") == (asection *) NULL) |
| 430 | return FALSE; |
| 431 | if (obj_datasec (abfd) == (asection *) NULL |
| 432 | && bfd_make_section (abfd, ".data") == (asection *) NULL) |
| 433 | return FALSE; |
| 434 | if (obj_bsssec (abfd) == (asection *) NULL |
| 435 | && bfd_make_section (abfd, ".bss") == (asection *) NULL) |
| 436 | return FALSE; |
| 437 | return TRUE; |
| 438 | } |
| 439 | |
| 440 | /* |
| 441 | FUNCTION |
| 442 | aout_@var{size}_some_aout_object_p |
| 443 | |
| 444 | SYNOPSIS |
| 445 | const bfd_target *aout_@var{size}_some_aout_object_p |
| 446 | (bfd *abfd, |
| 447 | const bfd_target *(*callback_to_real_object_p) ()); |
| 448 | |
| 449 | DESCRIPTION |
| 450 | Some a.out variant thinks that the file open in @var{abfd} |
| 451 | checking is an a.out file. Do some more checking, and set up |
| 452 | for access if it really is. Call back to the calling |
| 453 | environment's "finish up" function just before returning, to |
| 454 | handle any last-minute setup. |
| 455 | */ |
| 456 | |
| 457 | const bfd_target * |
| 458 | NAME(aout,some_aout_object_p) (abfd, execp, callback_to_real_object_p) |
| 459 | bfd *abfd; |
| 460 | struct internal_exec *execp; |
| 461 | const bfd_target *(*callback_to_real_object_p) PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 462 | { |
| 463 | struct aout_data_struct *rawptr, *oldrawptr; |
| 464 | const bfd_target *result; |
| 465 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct aout_data_struct); |
| 466 | |
| 467 | rawptr = (struct aout_data_struct *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 468 | if (rawptr == NULL) |
| 469 | return 0; |
| 470 | |
| 471 | oldrawptr = abfd->tdata.aout_data; |
| 472 | abfd->tdata.aout_data = rawptr; |
| 473 | |
| 474 | /* Copy the contents of the old tdata struct. |
| 475 | In particular, we want the subformat, since for hpux it was set in |
| 476 | hp300hpux.c:swap_exec_header_in and will be used in |
| 477 | hp300hpux.c:callback. */ |
| 478 | if (oldrawptr != NULL) |
| 479 | *abfd->tdata.aout_data = *oldrawptr; |
| 480 | |
| 481 | abfd->tdata.aout_data->a.hdr = &rawptr->e; |
| 482 | /* Copy in the internal_exec struct. */ |
| 483 | *(abfd->tdata.aout_data->a.hdr) = *execp; |
| 484 | execp = abfd->tdata.aout_data->a.hdr; |
| 485 | |
| 486 | /* Set the file flags. */ |
| 487 | abfd->flags = BFD_NO_FLAGS; |
| 488 | if (execp->a_drsize || execp->a_trsize) |
| 489 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; |
| 490 | /* Setting of EXEC_P has been deferred to the bottom of this function. */ |
| 491 | if (execp->a_syms) |
| 492 | abfd->flags |= HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG | HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS; |
| 493 | if (N_DYNAMIC (*execp)) |
| 494 | abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC; |
| 495 | |
| 496 | if (N_MAGIC (*execp) == ZMAGIC) |
| 497 | { |
| 498 | abfd->flags |= D_PAGED | WP_TEXT; |
| 499 | adata (abfd).magic = z_magic; |
| 500 | } |
| 501 | else if (N_MAGIC (*execp) == QMAGIC) |
| 502 | { |
| 503 | abfd->flags |= D_PAGED | WP_TEXT; |
| 504 | adata (abfd).magic = z_magic; |
| 505 | adata (abfd).subformat = q_magic_format; |
| 506 | } |
| 507 | else if (N_MAGIC (*execp) == NMAGIC) |
| 508 | { |
| 509 | abfd->flags |= WP_TEXT; |
| 510 | adata (abfd).magic = n_magic; |
| 511 | } |
| 512 | else if (N_MAGIC (*execp) == OMAGIC |
| 513 | || N_MAGIC (*execp) == BMAGIC) |
| 514 | adata (abfd).magic = o_magic; |
| 515 | else |
| 516 | { |
| 517 | /* Should have been checked with N_BADMAG before this routine |
| 518 | was called. */ |
| 519 | abort (); |
| 520 | } |
| 521 | |
| 522 | bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = execp->a_entry; |
| 523 | |
| 524 | obj_aout_symbols (abfd) = (aout_symbol_type *)NULL; |
| 525 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = execp->a_syms / sizeof (struct external_nlist); |
| 526 | |
| 527 | /* The default relocation entry size is that of traditional V7 Unix. */ |
| 528 | obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) = RELOC_STD_SIZE; |
| 529 | |
| 530 | /* The default symbol entry size is that of traditional Unix. */ |
| 531 | obj_symbol_entry_size (abfd) = EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE; |
| 532 | |
| 533 | #ifdef USE_MMAP |
| 534 | bfd_init_window (&obj_aout_sym_window (abfd)); |
| 535 | bfd_init_window (&obj_aout_string_window (abfd)); |
| 536 | #endif |
| 537 | obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) = NULL; |
| 538 | obj_aout_external_strings (abfd) = NULL; |
| 539 | obj_aout_sym_hashes (abfd) = NULL; |
| 540 | |
| 541 | if (! NAME(aout,make_sections) (abfd)) |
| 542 | goto error_ret; |
| 543 | |
| 544 | obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size = execp->a_data; |
| 545 | obj_bsssec (abfd)->_raw_size = execp->a_bss; |
| 546 | |
| 547 | obj_textsec (abfd)->flags = |
| 548 | (execp->a_trsize != 0 |
| 549 | ? (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_RELOC) |
| 550 | : (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); |
| 551 | obj_datasec (abfd)->flags = |
| 552 | (execp->a_drsize != 0 |
| 553 | ? (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_DATA | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_RELOC) |
| 554 | : (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_DATA | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); |
| 555 | obj_bsssec (abfd)->flags = SEC_ALLOC; |
| 556 | |
| 557 | #ifdef THIS_IS_ONLY_DOCUMENTATION |
| 558 | /* The common code can't fill in these things because they depend |
| 559 | on either the start address of the text segment, the rounding |
| 560 | up of virtual addresses between segments, or the starting file |
| 561 | position of the text segment -- all of which varies among different |
| 562 | versions of a.out. */ |
| 563 | |
| 564 | /* Call back to the format-dependent code to fill in the rest of the |
| 565 | fields and do any further cleanup. Things that should be filled |
| 566 | in by the callback: */ |
| 567 | |
| 568 | struct exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd); |
| 569 | |
| 570 | obj_textsec (abfd)->size = N_TXTSIZE (*execp); |
| 571 | obj_textsec (abfd)->raw_size = N_TXTSIZE (*execp); |
| 572 | /* Data and bss are already filled in since they're so standard. */ |
| 573 | |
| 574 | /* The virtual memory addresses of the sections. */ |
| 575 | obj_textsec (abfd)->vma = N_TXTADDR (*execp); |
| 576 | obj_datasec (abfd)->vma = N_DATADDR (*execp); |
| 577 | obj_bsssec (abfd)->vma = N_BSSADDR (*execp); |
| 578 | |
| 579 | /* The file offsets of the sections. */ |
| 580 | obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos = N_TXTOFF (*execp); |
| 581 | obj_datasec (abfd)->filepos = N_DATOFF (*execp); |
| 582 | |
| 583 | /* The file offsets of the relocation info. */ |
| 584 | obj_textsec (abfd)->rel_filepos = N_TRELOFF (*execp); |
| 585 | obj_datasec (abfd)->rel_filepos = N_DRELOFF (*execp); |
| 586 | |
| 587 | /* The file offsets of the string table and symbol table. */ |
| 588 | obj_str_filepos (abfd) = N_STROFF (*execp); |
| 589 | obj_sym_filepos (abfd) = N_SYMOFF (*execp); |
| 590 | |
| 591 | /* Determine the architecture and machine type of the object file. */ |
| 592 | switch (N_MACHTYPE (*exec_hdr (abfd))) |
| 593 | { |
| 594 | default: |
| 595 | abfd->obj_arch = bfd_arch_obscure; |
| 596 | break; |
| 597 | } |
| 598 | |
| 599 | adata (abfd)->page_size = TARGET_PAGE_SIZE; |
| 600 | adata (abfd)->segment_size = SEGMENT_SIZE; |
| 601 | adata (abfd)->exec_bytes_size = EXEC_BYTES_SIZE; |
| 602 | |
| 603 | return abfd->xvec; |
| 604 | |
| 605 | /* The architecture is encoded in various ways in various a.out variants, |
| 606 | or is not encoded at all in some of them. The relocation size depends |
| 607 | on the architecture and the a.out variant. Finally, the return value |
| 608 | is the bfd_target vector in use. If an error occurs, return zero and |
| 609 | set bfd_error to the appropriate error code. |
| 610 | |
| 611 | Formats such as b.out, which have additional fields in the a.out |
| 612 | header, should cope with them in this callback as well. */ |
| 613 | #endif /* DOCUMENTATION */ |
| 614 | |
| 615 | result = (*callback_to_real_object_p) (abfd); |
| 616 | |
| 617 | /* Now that the segment addresses have been worked out, take a better |
| 618 | guess at whether the file is executable. If the entry point |
| 619 | is within the text segment, assume it is. (This makes files |
| 620 | executable even if their entry point address is 0, as long as |
| 621 | their text starts at zero.). |
| 622 | |
| 623 | This test had to be changed to deal with systems where the text segment |
| 624 | runs at a different location than the default. The problem is that the |
| 625 | entry address can appear to be outside the text segment, thus causing an |
| 626 | erroneous conclusion that the file isn't executable. |
| 627 | |
| 628 | To fix this, we now accept any non-zero entry point as an indication of |
| 629 | executability. This will work most of the time, since only the linker |
| 630 | sets the entry point, and that is likely to be non-zero for most systems. */ |
| 631 | |
| 632 | if (execp->a_entry != 0 |
| 633 | || (execp->a_entry >= obj_textsec (abfd)->vma |
| 634 | && execp->a_entry < (obj_textsec (abfd)->vma |
| 635 | + obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size))) |
| 636 | abfd->flags |= EXEC_P; |
| 637 | #ifdef STAT_FOR_EXEC |
| 638 | else |
| 639 | { |
| 640 | struct stat stat_buf; |
| 641 | |
| 642 | /* The original heuristic doesn't work in some important cases. |
| 643 | The a.out file has no information about the text start |
| 644 | address. For files (like kernels) linked to non-standard |
| 645 | addresses (ld -Ttext nnn) the entry point may not be between |
| 646 | the default text start (obj_textsec(abfd)->vma) and |
| 647 | (obj_textsec(abfd)->vma) + text size. This is not just a mach |
| 648 | issue. Many kernels are loaded at non standard addresses. */ |
| 649 | if (abfd->iostream != NULL |
| 650 | && (abfd->flags & BFD_IN_MEMORY) == 0 |
| 651 | && (fstat (fileno ((FILE *) (abfd->iostream)), &stat_buf) == 0) |
| 652 | && ((stat_buf.st_mode & 0111) != 0)) |
| 653 | abfd->flags |= EXEC_P; |
| 654 | } |
| 655 | #endif /* STAT_FOR_EXEC */ |
| 656 | |
| 657 | if (result) |
| 658 | { |
| 659 | #if 0 /* These should be set correctly anyways. */ |
| 660 | abfd->sections = obj_textsec (abfd); |
| 661 | obj_textsec (abfd)->next = obj_datasec (abfd); |
| 662 | obj_datasec (abfd)->next = obj_bsssec (abfd); |
| 663 | #endif |
| 664 | return result; |
| 665 | } |
| 666 | |
| 667 | error_ret: |
| 668 | bfd_release (abfd, rawptr); |
| 669 | abfd->tdata.aout_data = oldrawptr; |
| 670 | return NULL; |
| 671 | } |
| 672 | |
| 673 | /* |
| 674 | FUNCTION |
| 675 | aout_@var{size}_mkobject |
| 676 | |
| 677 | SYNOPSIS |
| 678 | bfd_boolean aout_@var{size}_mkobject, (bfd *abfd); |
| 679 | |
| 680 | DESCRIPTION |
| 681 | Initialize BFD @var{abfd} for use with a.out files. |
| 682 | */ |
| 683 | |
| 684 | bfd_boolean |
| 685 | NAME(aout,mkobject) (abfd) |
| 686 | bfd *abfd; |
| 687 | { |
| 688 | struct aout_data_struct *rawptr; |
| 689 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct aout_data_struct); |
| 690 | |
| 691 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call); |
| 692 | |
| 693 | rawptr = (struct aout_data_struct *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 694 | if (rawptr == NULL) |
| 695 | return FALSE; |
| 696 | |
| 697 | abfd->tdata.aout_data = rawptr; |
| 698 | exec_hdr (abfd) = &(rawptr->e); |
| 699 | |
| 700 | obj_textsec (abfd) = (asection *) NULL; |
| 701 | obj_datasec (abfd) = (asection *) NULL; |
| 702 | obj_bsssec (abfd) = (asection *) NULL; |
| 703 | |
| 704 | return TRUE; |
| 705 | } |
| 706 | |
| 707 | /* |
| 708 | FUNCTION |
| 709 | aout_@var{size}_machine_type |
| 710 | |
| 711 | SYNOPSIS |
| 712 | enum machine_type aout_@var{size}_machine_type |
| 713 | (enum bfd_architecture arch, |
| 714 | unsigned long machine)); |
| 715 | |
| 716 | DESCRIPTION |
| 717 | Keep track of machine architecture and machine type for |
| 718 | a.out's. Return the <<machine_type>> for a particular |
| 719 | architecture and machine, or <<M_UNKNOWN>> if that exact architecture |
| 720 | and machine can't be represented in a.out format. |
| 721 | |
| 722 | If the architecture is understood, machine type 0 (default) |
| 723 | is always understood. |
| 724 | */ |
| 725 | |
| 726 | enum machine_type |
| 727 | NAME(aout,machine_type) (arch, machine, unknown) |
| 728 | enum bfd_architecture arch; |
| 729 | unsigned long machine; |
| 730 | bfd_boolean *unknown; |
| 731 | { |
| 732 | enum machine_type arch_flags; |
| 733 | |
| 734 | arch_flags = M_UNKNOWN; |
| 735 | *unknown = TRUE; |
| 736 | |
| 737 | switch (arch) |
| 738 | { |
| 739 | case bfd_arch_sparc: |
| 740 | if (machine == 0 |
| 741 | || machine == bfd_mach_sparc |
| 742 | || machine == bfd_mach_sparc_sparclite |
| 743 | || machine == bfd_mach_sparc_sparclite_le |
| 744 | || machine == bfd_mach_sparc_v9) |
| 745 | arch_flags = M_SPARC; |
| 746 | else if (machine == bfd_mach_sparc_sparclet) |
| 747 | arch_flags = M_SPARCLET; |
| 748 | break; |
| 749 | |
| 750 | case bfd_arch_m68k: |
| 751 | switch (machine) |
| 752 | { |
| 753 | case 0: arch_flags = M_68010; break; |
| 754 | case bfd_mach_m68000: arch_flags = M_UNKNOWN; *unknown = FALSE; break; |
| 755 | case bfd_mach_m68010: arch_flags = M_68010; break; |
| 756 | case bfd_mach_m68020: arch_flags = M_68020; break; |
| 757 | default: arch_flags = M_UNKNOWN; break; |
| 758 | } |
| 759 | break; |
| 760 | |
| 761 | case bfd_arch_i386: |
| 762 | if (machine == 0 |
| 763 | || machine == bfd_mach_i386_i386 |
| 764 | || machine == bfd_mach_i386_i386_intel_syntax) |
| 765 | arch_flags = M_386; |
| 766 | break; |
| 767 | |
| 768 | case bfd_arch_a29k: |
| 769 | if (machine == 0) |
| 770 | arch_flags = M_29K; |
| 771 | break; |
| 772 | |
| 773 | case bfd_arch_arm: |
| 774 | if (machine == 0) |
| 775 | arch_flags = M_ARM; |
| 776 | break; |
| 777 | |
| 778 | case bfd_arch_mips: |
| 779 | switch (machine) |
| 780 | { |
| 781 | case 0: |
| 782 | case bfd_mach_mips3000: |
| 783 | case bfd_mach_mips3900: |
| 784 | arch_flags = M_MIPS1; |
| 785 | break; |
| 786 | case bfd_mach_mips6000: |
| 787 | arch_flags = M_MIPS2; |
| 788 | break; |
| 789 | case bfd_mach_mips4000: |
| 790 | case bfd_mach_mips4010: |
| 791 | case bfd_mach_mips4100: |
| 792 | case bfd_mach_mips4300: |
| 793 | case bfd_mach_mips4400: |
| 794 | case bfd_mach_mips4600: |
| 795 | case bfd_mach_mips4650: |
| 796 | case bfd_mach_mips8000: |
| 797 | case bfd_mach_mips10000: |
| 798 | case bfd_mach_mips12000: |
| 799 | case bfd_mach_mips16: |
| 800 | case bfd_mach_mipsisa32: |
| 801 | case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2: |
| 802 | case bfd_mach_mips5: |
| 803 | case bfd_mach_mipsisa64: |
| 804 | case bfd_mach_mips_sb1: |
| 805 | /* FIXME: These should be MIPS3, MIPS4, MIPS16, MIPS32, etc. */ |
| 806 | arch_flags = M_MIPS2; |
| 807 | break; |
| 808 | default: |
| 809 | arch_flags = M_UNKNOWN; |
| 810 | break; |
| 811 | } |
| 812 | break; |
| 813 | |
| 814 | case bfd_arch_ns32k: |
| 815 | switch (machine) |
| 816 | { |
| 817 | case 0: arch_flags = M_NS32532; break; |
| 818 | case 32032: arch_flags = M_NS32032; break; |
| 819 | case 32532: arch_flags = M_NS32532; break; |
| 820 | default: arch_flags = M_UNKNOWN; break; |
| 821 | } |
| 822 | break; |
| 823 | |
| 824 | case bfd_arch_vax: |
| 825 | *unknown = FALSE; |
| 826 | break; |
| 827 | |
| 828 | case bfd_arch_cris: |
| 829 | if (machine == 0 || machine == 255) |
| 830 | arch_flags = M_CRIS; |
| 831 | break; |
| 832 | |
| 833 | default: |
| 834 | arch_flags = M_UNKNOWN; |
| 835 | } |
| 836 | |
| 837 | if (arch_flags != M_UNKNOWN) |
| 838 | *unknown = FALSE; |
| 839 | |
| 840 | return arch_flags; |
| 841 | } |
| 842 | |
| 843 | /* |
| 844 | FUNCTION |
| 845 | aout_@var{size}_set_arch_mach |
| 846 | |
| 847 | SYNOPSIS |
| 848 | bfd_boolean aout_@var{size}_set_arch_mach, |
| 849 | (bfd *, |
| 850 | enum bfd_architecture arch, |
| 851 | unsigned long machine)); |
| 852 | |
| 853 | DESCRIPTION |
| 854 | Set the architecture and the machine of the BFD @var{abfd} to the |
| 855 | values @var{arch} and @var{machine}. Verify that @var{abfd}'s format |
| 856 | can support the architecture required. |
| 857 | */ |
| 858 | |
| 859 | bfd_boolean |
| 860 | NAME(aout,set_arch_mach) (abfd, arch, machine) |
| 861 | bfd *abfd; |
| 862 | enum bfd_architecture arch; |
| 863 | unsigned long machine; |
| 864 | { |
| 865 | if (! bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine)) |
| 866 | return FALSE; |
| 867 | |
| 868 | if (arch != bfd_arch_unknown) |
| 869 | { |
| 870 | bfd_boolean unknown; |
| 871 | |
| 872 | NAME(aout,machine_type) (arch, machine, &unknown); |
| 873 | if (unknown) |
| 874 | return FALSE; |
| 875 | } |
| 876 | |
| 877 | /* Determine the size of a relocation entry. */ |
| 878 | switch (arch) |
| 879 | { |
| 880 | case bfd_arch_sparc: |
| 881 | case bfd_arch_a29k: |
| 882 | case bfd_arch_mips: |
| 883 | obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) = RELOC_EXT_SIZE; |
| 884 | break; |
| 885 | default: |
| 886 | obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) = RELOC_STD_SIZE; |
| 887 | break; |
| 888 | } |
| 889 | |
| 890 | return (*aout_backend_info (abfd)->set_sizes) (abfd); |
| 891 | } |
| 892 | |
| 893 | static void |
| 894 | adjust_o_magic (abfd, execp) |
| 895 | bfd *abfd; |
| 896 | struct internal_exec *execp; |
| 897 | { |
| 898 | file_ptr pos = adata (abfd).exec_bytes_size; |
| 899 | bfd_vma vma = 0; |
| 900 | int pad = 0; |
| 901 | |
| 902 | /* Text. */ |
| 903 | obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos = pos; |
| 904 | if (!obj_textsec (abfd)->user_set_vma) |
| 905 | obj_textsec (abfd)->vma = vma; |
| 906 | else |
| 907 | vma = obj_textsec (abfd)->vma; |
| 908 | |
| 909 | pos += obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 910 | vma += obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 911 | |
| 912 | /* Data. */ |
| 913 | if (!obj_datasec (abfd)->user_set_vma) |
| 914 | { |
| 915 | #if 0 /* ?? Does alignment in the file image really matter? */ |
| 916 | pad = align_power (vma, obj_datasec (abfd)->alignment_power) - vma; |
| 917 | #endif |
| 918 | obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size += pad; |
| 919 | pos += pad; |
| 920 | vma += pad; |
| 921 | obj_datasec (abfd)->vma = vma; |
| 922 | } |
| 923 | else |
| 924 | vma = obj_datasec (abfd)->vma; |
| 925 | obj_datasec (abfd)->filepos = pos; |
| 926 | pos += obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 927 | vma += obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 928 | |
| 929 | /* BSS. */ |
| 930 | if (!obj_bsssec (abfd)->user_set_vma) |
| 931 | { |
| 932 | #if 0 |
| 933 | pad = align_power (vma, obj_bsssec (abfd)->alignment_power) - vma; |
| 934 | #endif |
| 935 | obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size += pad; |
| 936 | pos += pad; |
| 937 | vma += pad; |
| 938 | obj_bsssec (abfd)->vma = vma; |
| 939 | } |
| 940 | else |
| 941 | { |
| 942 | /* The VMA of the .bss section is set by the VMA of the |
| 943 | .data section plus the size of the .data section. We may |
| 944 | need to add padding bytes to make this true. */ |
| 945 | pad = obj_bsssec (abfd)->vma - vma; |
| 946 | if (pad > 0) |
| 947 | { |
| 948 | obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size += pad; |
| 949 | pos += pad; |
| 950 | } |
| 951 | } |
| 952 | obj_bsssec (abfd)->filepos = pos; |
| 953 | |
| 954 | /* Fix up the exec header. */ |
| 955 | execp->a_text = obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 956 | execp->a_data = obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 957 | execp->a_bss = obj_bsssec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 958 | N_SET_MAGIC (*execp, OMAGIC); |
| 959 | } |
| 960 | |
| 961 | static void |
| 962 | adjust_z_magic (abfd, execp) |
| 963 | bfd *abfd; |
| 964 | struct internal_exec *execp; |
| 965 | { |
| 966 | bfd_size_type data_pad, text_pad; |
| 967 | file_ptr text_end; |
| 968 | const struct aout_backend_data *abdp; |
| 969 | int ztih; /* Nonzero if text includes exec header. */ |
| 970 | |
| 971 | abdp = aout_backend_info (abfd); |
| 972 | |
| 973 | /* Text. */ |
| 974 | ztih = (abdp != NULL |
| 975 | && (abdp->text_includes_header |
| 976 | || obj_aout_subformat (abfd) == q_magic_format)); |
| 977 | obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos = (ztih |
| 978 | ? adata (abfd).exec_bytes_size |
| 979 | : adata (abfd).zmagic_disk_block_size); |
| 980 | if (! obj_textsec (abfd)->user_set_vma) |
| 981 | { |
| 982 | /* ?? Do we really need to check for relocs here? */ |
| 983 | obj_textsec (abfd)->vma = ((abfd->flags & HAS_RELOC) |
| 984 | ? 0 |
| 985 | : (ztih |
| 986 | ? (abdp->default_text_vma |
| 987 | + adata (abfd).exec_bytes_size) |
| 988 | : abdp->default_text_vma)); |
| 989 | text_pad = 0; |
| 990 | } |
| 991 | else |
| 992 | { |
| 993 | /* The .text section is being loaded at an unusual address. We |
| 994 | may need to pad it such that the .data section starts at a page |
| 995 | boundary. */ |
| 996 | if (ztih) |
| 997 | text_pad = ((obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos - obj_textsec (abfd)->vma) |
| 998 | & (adata (abfd).page_size - 1)); |
| 999 | else |
| 1000 | text_pad = ((- obj_textsec (abfd)->vma) |
| 1001 | & (adata (abfd).page_size - 1)); |
| 1002 | } |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | /* Find start of data. */ |
| 1005 | if (ztih) |
| 1006 | { |
| 1007 | text_end = obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos + obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1008 | text_pad += BFD_ALIGN (text_end, adata (abfd).page_size) - text_end; |
| 1009 | } |
| 1010 | else |
| 1011 | { |
| 1012 | /* Note that if page_size == zmagic_disk_block_size, then |
| 1013 | filepos == page_size, and this case is the same as the ztih |
| 1014 | case. */ |
| 1015 | text_end = obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1016 | text_pad += BFD_ALIGN (text_end, adata (abfd).page_size) - text_end; |
| 1017 | text_end += obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos; |
| 1018 | } |
| 1019 | obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size += text_pad; |
| 1020 | text_end += text_pad; |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 | /* Data. */ |
| 1023 | if (!obj_datasec (abfd)->user_set_vma) |
| 1024 | { |
| 1025 | bfd_vma vma; |
| 1026 | vma = obj_textsec (abfd)->vma + obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1027 | obj_datasec (abfd)->vma = BFD_ALIGN (vma, adata (abfd).segment_size); |
| 1028 | } |
| 1029 | if (abdp && abdp->zmagic_mapped_contiguous) |
| 1030 | { |
| 1031 | asection * text = obj_textsec (abfd); |
| 1032 | asection * data = obj_datasec (abfd); |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | text_pad = data->vma - (text->vma + text->_raw_size); |
| 1035 | /* Only pad the text section if the data |
| 1036 | section is going to be placed after it. */ |
| 1037 | if (text_pad > 0) |
| 1038 | text->_raw_size += text_pad; |
| 1039 | } |
| 1040 | obj_datasec (abfd)->filepos = (obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos |
| 1041 | + obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size); |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | /* Fix up exec header while we're at it. */ |
| 1044 | execp->a_text = obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1045 | if (ztih && (!abdp || (abdp && !abdp->exec_header_not_counted))) |
| 1046 | execp->a_text += adata (abfd).exec_bytes_size; |
| 1047 | if (obj_aout_subformat (abfd) == q_magic_format) |
| 1048 | N_SET_MAGIC (*execp, QMAGIC); |
| 1049 | else |
| 1050 | N_SET_MAGIC (*execp, ZMAGIC); |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | /* Spec says data section should be rounded up to page boundary. */ |
| 1053 | obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size |
| 1054 | = align_power (obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size, |
| 1055 | obj_bsssec (abfd)->alignment_power); |
| 1056 | execp->a_data = BFD_ALIGN (obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size, |
| 1057 | adata (abfd).page_size); |
| 1058 | data_pad = execp->a_data - obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | /* BSS. */ |
| 1061 | if (!obj_bsssec (abfd)->user_set_vma) |
| 1062 | obj_bsssec (abfd)->vma = (obj_datasec (abfd)->vma |
| 1063 | + obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size); |
| 1064 | /* If the BSS immediately follows the data section and extra space |
| 1065 | in the page is left after the data section, fudge data |
| 1066 | in the header so that the bss section looks smaller by that |
| 1067 | amount. We'll start the bss section there, and lie to the OS. |
| 1068 | (Note that a linker script, as well as the above assignment, |
| 1069 | could have explicitly set the BSS vma to immediately follow |
| 1070 | the data section.) */ |
| 1071 | if (align_power (obj_bsssec (abfd)->vma, obj_bsssec (abfd)->alignment_power) |
| 1072 | == obj_datasec (abfd)->vma + obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size) |
| 1073 | execp->a_bss = (data_pad > obj_bsssec (abfd)->_raw_size |
| 1074 | ? 0 : obj_bsssec (abfd)->_raw_size - data_pad); |
| 1075 | else |
| 1076 | execp->a_bss = obj_bsssec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1077 | } |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | static void |
| 1080 | adjust_n_magic (abfd, execp) |
| 1081 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1082 | struct internal_exec *execp; |
| 1083 | { |
| 1084 | file_ptr pos = adata (abfd).exec_bytes_size; |
| 1085 | bfd_vma vma = 0; |
| 1086 | int pad; |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | /* Text. */ |
| 1089 | obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos = pos; |
| 1090 | if (!obj_textsec (abfd)->user_set_vma) |
| 1091 | obj_textsec (abfd)->vma = vma; |
| 1092 | else |
| 1093 | vma = obj_textsec (abfd)->vma; |
| 1094 | pos += obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1095 | vma += obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 | /* Data. */ |
| 1098 | obj_datasec (abfd)->filepos = pos; |
| 1099 | if (!obj_datasec (abfd)->user_set_vma) |
| 1100 | obj_datasec (abfd)->vma = BFD_ALIGN (vma, adata (abfd).segment_size); |
| 1101 | vma = obj_datasec (abfd)->vma; |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 | /* Since BSS follows data immediately, see if it needs alignment. */ |
| 1104 | vma += obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1105 | pad = align_power (vma, obj_bsssec (abfd)->alignment_power) - vma; |
| 1106 | obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size += pad; |
| 1107 | pos += obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 | /* BSS. */ |
| 1110 | if (!obj_bsssec (abfd)->user_set_vma) |
| 1111 | obj_bsssec (abfd)->vma = vma; |
| 1112 | else |
| 1113 | vma = obj_bsssec (abfd)->vma; |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | /* Fix up exec header. */ |
| 1116 | execp->a_text = obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1117 | execp->a_data = obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1118 | execp->a_bss = obj_bsssec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1119 | N_SET_MAGIC (*execp, NMAGIC); |
| 1120 | } |
| 1121 | |
| 1122 | bfd_boolean |
| 1123 | NAME(aout,adjust_sizes_and_vmas) (abfd, text_size, text_end) |
| 1124 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1125 | bfd_size_type *text_size; |
| 1126 | file_ptr *text_end ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 1127 | { |
| 1128 | struct internal_exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd); |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 | if (! NAME(aout,make_sections) (abfd)) |
| 1131 | return FALSE; |
| 1132 | |
| 1133 | if (adata (abfd).magic != undecided_magic) |
| 1134 | return TRUE; |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size = |
| 1137 | align_power (obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size, |
| 1138 | obj_textsec (abfd)->alignment_power); |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | *text_size = obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size; |
| 1141 | /* Rule (heuristic) for when to pad to a new page. Note that there |
| 1142 | are (at least) two ways demand-paged (ZMAGIC) files have been |
| 1143 | handled. Most Berkeley-based systems start the text segment at |
| 1144 | (TARGET_PAGE_SIZE). However, newer versions of SUNOS start the text |
| 1145 | segment right after the exec header; the latter is counted in the |
| 1146 | text segment size, and is paged in by the kernel with the rest of |
| 1147 | the text. */ |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | /* This perhaps isn't the right way to do this, but made it simpler for me |
| 1150 | to understand enough to implement it. Better would probably be to go |
| 1151 | right from BFD flags to alignment/positioning characteristics. But the |
| 1152 | old code was sloppy enough about handling the flags, and had enough |
| 1153 | other magic, that it was a little hard for me to understand. I think |
| 1154 | I understand it better now, but I haven't time to do the cleanup this |
| 1155 | minute. */ |
| 1156 | |
| 1157 | if (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) |
| 1158 | /* Whether or not WP_TEXT is set -- let D_PAGED override. */ |
| 1159 | adata (abfd).magic = z_magic; |
| 1160 | else if (abfd->flags & WP_TEXT) |
| 1161 | adata (abfd).magic = n_magic; |
| 1162 | else |
| 1163 | adata (abfd).magic = o_magic; |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | #ifdef BFD_AOUT_DEBUG /* requires gcc2 */ |
| 1166 | #if __GNUC__ >= 2 |
| 1167 | fprintf (stderr, "%s text=<%x,%x,%x> data=<%x,%x,%x> bss=<%x,%x,%x>\n", |
| 1168 | ({ char *str; |
| 1169 | switch (adata (abfd).magic) |
| 1170 | { |
| 1171 | case n_magic: str = "NMAGIC"; break; |
| 1172 | case o_magic: str = "OMAGIC"; break; |
| 1173 | case z_magic: str = "ZMAGIC"; break; |
| 1174 | default: abort (); |
| 1175 | } |
| 1176 | str; |
| 1177 | }), |
| 1178 | obj_textsec (abfd)->vma, obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size, |
| 1179 | obj_textsec (abfd)->alignment_power, |
| 1180 | obj_datasec (abfd)->vma, obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size, |
| 1181 | obj_datasec (abfd)->alignment_power, |
| 1182 | obj_bsssec (abfd)->vma, obj_bsssec (abfd)->_raw_size, |
| 1183 | obj_bsssec (abfd)->alignment_power); |
| 1184 | #endif |
| 1185 | #endif |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 | switch (adata (abfd).magic) |
| 1188 | { |
| 1189 | case o_magic: |
| 1190 | adjust_o_magic (abfd, execp); |
| 1191 | break; |
| 1192 | case z_magic: |
| 1193 | adjust_z_magic (abfd, execp); |
| 1194 | break; |
| 1195 | case n_magic: |
| 1196 | adjust_n_magic (abfd, execp); |
| 1197 | break; |
| 1198 | default: |
| 1199 | abort (); |
| 1200 | } |
| 1201 | |
| 1202 | #ifdef BFD_AOUT_DEBUG |
| 1203 | fprintf (stderr, " text=<%x,%x,%x> data=<%x,%x,%x> bss=<%x,%x>\n", |
| 1204 | obj_textsec (abfd)->vma, obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size, |
| 1205 | obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos, |
| 1206 | obj_datasec (abfd)->vma, obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size, |
| 1207 | obj_datasec (abfd)->filepos, |
| 1208 | obj_bsssec (abfd)->vma, obj_bsssec (abfd)->_raw_size); |
| 1209 | #endif |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 | return TRUE; |
| 1212 | } |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 | /* |
| 1215 | FUNCTION |
| 1216 | aout_@var{size}_new_section_hook |
| 1217 | |
| 1218 | SYNOPSIS |
| 1219 | bfd_boolean aout_@var{size}_new_section_hook, |
| 1220 | (bfd *abfd, |
| 1221 | asection *newsect)); |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 | DESCRIPTION |
| 1224 | Called by the BFD in response to a @code{bfd_make_section} |
| 1225 | request. |
| 1226 | */ |
| 1227 | bfd_boolean |
| 1228 | NAME(aout,new_section_hook) (abfd, newsect) |
| 1229 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1230 | asection *newsect; |
| 1231 | { |
| 1232 | /* Align to double at least. */ |
| 1233 | newsect->alignment_power = bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)->section_align_power; |
| 1234 | |
| 1235 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) |
| 1236 | { |
| 1237 | if (obj_textsec (abfd) == NULL && !strcmp (newsect->name, ".text")) |
| 1238 | { |
| 1239 | obj_textsec (abfd)= newsect; |
| 1240 | newsect->target_index = N_TEXT; |
| 1241 | return TRUE; |
| 1242 | } |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 | if (obj_datasec (abfd) == NULL && !strcmp (newsect->name, ".data")) |
| 1245 | { |
| 1246 | obj_datasec (abfd) = newsect; |
| 1247 | newsect->target_index = N_DATA; |
| 1248 | return TRUE; |
| 1249 | } |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 | if (obj_bsssec (abfd) == NULL && !strcmp (newsect->name, ".bss")) |
| 1252 | { |
| 1253 | obj_bsssec (abfd) = newsect; |
| 1254 | newsect->target_index = N_BSS; |
| 1255 | return TRUE; |
| 1256 | } |
| 1257 | } |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | /* We allow more than three sections internally. */ |
| 1260 | return TRUE; |
| 1261 | } |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 | bfd_boolean |
| 1264 | NAME(aout,set_section_contents) (abfd, section, location, offset, count) |
| 1265 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1266 | sec_ptr section; |
| 1267 | PTR location; |
| 1268 | file_ptr offset; |
| 1269 | bfd_size_type count; |
| 1270 | { |
| 1271 | file_ptr text_end; |
| 1272 | bfd_size_type text_size; |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun) |
| 1275 | { |
| 1276 | if (! NAME(aout,adjust_sizes_and_vmas) (abfd, &text_size, &text_end)) |
| 1277 | return FALSE; |
| 1278 | } |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | if (section == obj_bsssec (abfd)) |
| 1281 | { |
| 1282 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_contents); |
| 1283 | return FALSE; |
| 1284 | } |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 | if (section != obj_textsec (abfd) |
| 1287 | && section != obj_datasec (abfd)) |
| 1288 | { |
| 1289 | if (aout_section_merge_with_text_p (abfd, section)) |
| 1290 | section->filepos = obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos + |
| 1291 | (section->vma - obj_textsec (abfd)->vma); |
| 1292 | else |
| 1293 | { |
| 1294 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1295 | (_("%s: can not represent section `%s' in a.out object file format"), |
| 1296 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section)); |
| 1297 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); |
| 1298 | return FALSE; |
| 1299 | } |
| 1300 | } |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | if (count != 0) |
| 1303 | { |
| 1304 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, section->filepos + offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 1305 | || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) |
| 1306 | return FALSE; |
| 1307 | } |
| 1308 | |
| 1309 | return TRUE; |
| 1310 | } |
| 1311 | \f |
| 1312 | /* Read the external symbols from an a.out file. */ |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1315 | aout_get_external_symbols (abfd) |
| 1316 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1317 | { |
| 1318 | if (obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) == (struct external_nlist *) NULL) |
| 1319 | { |
| 1320 | bfd_size_type count; |
| 1321 | struct external_nlist *syms; |
| 1322 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | count = exec_hdr (abfd)->a_syms / EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE; |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | #ifdef USE_MMAP |
| 1327 | if (! bfd_get_file_window (abfd, obj_sym_filepos (abfd), |
| 1328 | exec_hdr (abfd)->a_syms, |
| 1329 | &obj_aout_sym_window (abfd), TRUE)) |
| 1330 | return FALSE; |
| 1331 | syms = (struct external_nlist *) obj_aout_sym_window (abfd).data; |
| 1332 | #else |
| 1333 | /* We allocate using malloc to make the values easy to free |
| 1334 | later on. If we put them on the objalloc it might not be |
| 1335 | possible to free them. */ |
| 1336 | syms = ((struct external_nlist *) |
| 1337 | bfd_malloc (count * EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE)); |
| 1338 | if (syms == (struct external_nlist *) NULL && count != 0) |
| 1339 | return FALSE; |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | amt = exec_hdr (abfd)->a_syms; |
| 1342 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, obj_sym_filepos (abfd), SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 1343 | || bfd_bread (syms, amt, abfd) != amt) |
| 1344 | { |
| 1345 | free (syms); |
| 1346 | return FALSE; |
| 1347 | } |
| 1348 | #endif |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) = syms; |
| 1351 | obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd) = count; |
| 1352 | } |
| 1353 | |
| 1354 | if (obj_aout_external_strings (abfd) == NULL |
| 1355 | && exec_hdr (abfd)->a_syms != 0) |
| 1356 | { |
| 1357 | unsigned char string_chars[BYTES_IN_WORD]; |
| 1358 | bfd_size_type stringsize; |
| 1359 | char *strings; |
| 1360 | bfd_size_type amt = BYTES_IN_WORD; |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | /* Get the size of the strings. */ |
| 1363 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, obj_str_filepos (abfd), SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 1364 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) string_chars, amt, abfd) != amt) |
| 1365 | return FALSE; |
| 1366 | stringsize = GET_WORD (abfd, string_chars); |
| 1367 | |
| 1368 | #ifdef USE_MMAP |
| 1369 | if (! bfd_get_file_window (abfd, obj_str_filepos (abfd), stringsize, |
| 1370 | &obj_aout_string_window (abfd), TRUE)) |
| 1371 | return FALSE; |
| 1372 | strings = (char *) obj_aout_string_window (abfd).data; |
| 1373 | #else |
| 1374 | strings = (char *) bfd_malloc (stringsize + 1); |
| 1375 | if (strings == NULL) |
| 1376 | return FALSE; |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 | /* Skip space for the string count in the buffer for convenience |
| 1379 | when using indexes. */ |
| 1380 | amt = stringsize - BYTES_IN_WORD; |
| 1381 | if (bfd_bread (strings + BYTES_IN_WORD, amt, abfd) != amt) |
| 1382 | { |
| 1383 | free (strings); |
| 1384 | return FALSE; |
| 1385 | } |
| 1386 | #endif |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | /* Ensure that a zero index yields an empty string. */ |
| 1389 | strings[0] = '\0'; |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | strings[stringsize - 1] = 0; |
| 1392 | |
| 1393 | obj_aout_external_strings (abfd) = strings; |
| 1394 | obj_aout_external_string_size (abfd) = stringsize; |
| 1395 | } |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 | return TRUE; |
| 1398 | } |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 | /* Translate an a.out symbol into a BFD symbol. The desc, other, type |
| 1401 | and symbol->value fields of CACHE_PTR will be set from the a.out |
| 1402 | nlist structure. This function is responsible for setting |
| 1403 | symbol->flags and symbol->section, and adjusting symbol->value. */ |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1406 | translate_from_native_sym_flags (abfd, cache_ptr) |
| 1407 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1408 | aout_symbol_type *cache_ptr; |
| 1409 | { |
| 1410 | flagword visible; |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 | if ((cache_ptr->type & N_STAB) != 0 |
| 1413 | || cache_ptr->type == N_FN) |
| 1414 | { |
| 1415 | asection *sec; |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 | /* This is a debugging symbol. */ |
| 1418 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_DEBUGGING; |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | /* Work out the symbol section. */ |
| 1421 | switch (cache_ptr->type & N_TYPE) |
| 1422 | { |
| 1423 | case N_TEXT: |
| 1424 | case N_FN: |
| 1425 | sec = obj_textsec (abfd); |
| 1426 | break; |
| 1427 | case N_DATA: |
| 1428 | sec = obj_datasec (abfd); |
| 1429 | break; |
| 1430 | case N_BSS: |
| 1431 | sec = obj_bsssec (abfd); |
| 1432 | break; |
| 1433 | default: |
| 1434 | case N_ABS: |
| 1435 | sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 1436 | break; |
| 1437 | } |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = sec; |
| 1440 | cache_ptr->symbol.value -= sec->vma; |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 | return TRUE; |
| 1443 | } |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | /* Get the default visibility. This does not apply to all types, so |
| 1446 | we just hold it in a local variable to use if wanted. */ |
| 1447 | if ((cache_ptr->type & N_EXT) == 0) |
| 1448 | visible = BSF_LOCAL; |
| 1449 | else |
| 1450 | visible = BSF_GLOBAL; |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | switch (cache_ptr->type) |
| 1453 | { |
| 1454 | default: |
| 1455 | case N_ABS: case N_ABS | N_EXT: |
| 1456 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 1457 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = visible; |
| 1458 | break; |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | case N_UNDF | N_EXT: |
| 1461 | if (cache_ptr->symbol.value != 0) |
| 1462 | { |
| 1463 | /* This is a common symbol. */ |
| 1464 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_GLOBAL; |
| 1465 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_com_section_ptr; |
| 1466 | } |
| 1467 | else |
| 1468 | { |
| 1469 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = 0; |
| 1470 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 1471 | } |
| 1472 | break; |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 | case N_TEXT: case N_TEXT | N_EXT: |
| 1475 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_textsec (abfd); |
| 1476 | cache_ptr->symbol.value -= cache_ptr->symbol.section->vma; |
| 1477 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = visible; |
| 1478 | break; |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | /* N_SETV symbols used to represent set vectors placed in the |
| 1481 | data section. They are no longer generated. Theoretically, |
| 1482 | it was possible to extract the entries and combine them with |
| 1483 | new ones, although I don't know if that was ever actually |
| 1484 | done. Unless that feature is restored, treat them as data |
| 1485 | symbols. */ |
| 1486 | case N_SETV: case N_SETV | N_EXT: |
| 1487 | case N_DATA: case N_DATA | N_EXT: |
| 1488 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_datasec (abfd); |
| 1489 | cache_ptr->symbol.value -= cache_ptr->symbol.section->vma; |
| 1490 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = visible; |
| 1491 | break; |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 | case N_BSS: case N_BSS | N_EXT: |
| 1494 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_bsssec (abfd); |
| 1495 | cache_ptr->symbol.value -= cache_ptr->symbol.section->vma; |
| 1496 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = visible; |
| 1497 | break; |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 | case N_SETA: case N_SETA | N_EXT: |
| 1500 | case N_SETT: case N_SETT | N_EXT: |
| 1501 | case N_SETD: case N_SETD | N_EXT: |
| 1502 | case N_SETB: case N_SETB | N_EXT: |
| 1503 | { |
| 1504 | /* This code is no longer needed. It used to be used to make |
| 1505 | the linker handle set symbols, but they are now handled in |
| 1506 | the add_symbols routine instead. */ |
| 1507 | #if 0 |
| 1508 | asection *section; |
| 1509 | arelent_chain *reloc; |
| 1510 | asection *into_section; |
| 1511 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 | /* This is a set symbol. The name of the symbol is the name |
| 1514 | of the set (e.g., __CTOR_LIST__). The value of the symbol |
| 1515 | is the value to add to the set. We create a section with |
| 1516 | the same name as the symbol, and add a reloc to insert the |
| 1517 | appropriate value into the section. |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 | This action is actually obsolete; it used to make the |
| 1520 | linker do the right thing, but the linker no longer uses |
| 1521 | this function. */ |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 | section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, cache_ptr->symbol.name); |
| 1524 | if (section == NULL) |
| 1525 | { |
| 1526 | char *copy; |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | amt = strlen (cache_ptr->symbol.name) + 1; |
| 1529 | copy = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1530 | if (copy == NULL) |
| 1531 | return FALSE; |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 | strcpy (copy, cache_ptr->symbol.name); |
| 1534 | section = bfd_make_section (abfd, copy); |
| 1535 | if (section == NULL) |
| 1536 | return FALSE; |
| 1537 | } |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | amt = sizeof (arelent_chain); |
| 1540 | reloc = (arelent_chain *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1541 | if (reloc == NULL) |
| 1542 | return FALSE; |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 | /* Build a relocation entry for the constructor. */ |
| 1545 | switch (cache_ptr->type & N_TYPE) |
| 1546 | { |
| 1547 | case N_SETA: |
| 1548 | into_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 1549 | cache_ptr->type = N_ABS; |
| 1550 | break; |
| 1551 | case N_SETT: |
| 1552 | into_section = obj_textsec (abfd); |
| 1553 | cache_ptr->type = N_TEXT; |
| 1554 | break; |
| 1555 | case N_SETD: |
| 1556 | into_section = obj_datasec (abfd); |
| 1557 | cache_ptr->type = N_DATA; |
| 1558 | break; |
| 1559 | case N_SETB: |
| 1560 | into_section = obj_bsssec (abfd); |
| 1561 | cache_ptr->type = N_BSS; |
| 1562 | break; |
| 1563 | } |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | /* Build a relocation pointing into the constructor section |
| 1566 | pointing at the symbol in the set vector specified. */ |
| 1567 | reloc->relent.addend = cache_ptr->symbol.value; |
| 1568 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = into_section; |
| 1569 | reloc->relent.sym_ptr_ptr = into_section->symbol_ptr_ptr; |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | /* We modify the symbol to belong to a section depending upon |
| 1572 | the name of the symbol, and add to the size of the section |
| 1573 | to contain a pointer to the symbol. Build a reloc entry to |
| 1574 | relocate to this symbol attached to this section. */ |
| 1575 | section->flags = SEC_CONSTRUCTOR | SEC_RELOC; |
| 1576 | |
| 1577 | section->reloc_count++; |
| 1578 | section->alignment_power = 2; |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | reloc->next = section->constructor_chain; |
| 1581 | section->constructor_chain = reloc; |
| 1582 | reloc->relent.address = section->_raw_size; |
| 1583 | section->_raw_size += BYTES_IN_WORD; |
| 1584 | |
| 1585 | reloc->relent.howto = CTOR_TABLE_RELOC_HOWTO (abfd); |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | switch (cache_ptr->type & N_TYPE) |
| 1590 | { |
| 1591 | case N_SETA: |
| 1592 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 1593 | break; |
| 1594 | case N_SETT: |
| 1595 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_textsec (abfd); |
| 1596 | break; |
| 1597 | case N_SETD: |
| 1598 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_datasec (abfd); |
| 1599 | break; |
| 1600 | case N_SETB: |
| 1601 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_bsssec (abfd); |
| 1602 | break; |
| 1603 | } |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags |= BSF_CONSTRUCTOR; |
| 1606 | } |
| 1607 | break; |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | case N_WARNING: |
| 1610 | /* This symbol is the text of a warning message. The next |
| 1611 | symbol is the symbol to associate the warning with. If a |
| 1612 | reference is made to that symbol, a warning is issued. */ |
| 1613 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_DEBUGGING | BSF_WARNING; |
| 1614 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 1615 | break; |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 | case N_INDR: case N_INDR | N_EXT: |
| 1618 | /* An indirect symbol. This consists of two symbols in a row. |
| 1619 | The first symbol is the name of the indirection. The second |
| 1620 | symbol is the name of the target. A reference to the first |
| 1621 | symbol becomes a reference to the second. */ |
| 1622 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_DEBUGGING | BSF_INDIRECT | visible; |
| 1623 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_ind_section_ptr; |
| 1624 | break; |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | case N_WEAKU: |
| 1627 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 1628 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_WEAK; |
| 1629 | break; |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 | case N_WEAKA: |
| 1632 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 1633 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_WEAK; |
| 1634 | break; |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 | case N_WEAKT: |
| 1637 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_textsec (abfd); |
| 1638 | cache_ptr->symbol.value -= cache_ptr->symbol.section->vma; |
| 1639 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_WEAK; |
| 1640 | break; |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 | case N_WEAKD: |
| 1643 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_datasec (abfd); |
| 1644 | cache_ptr->symbol.value -= cache_ptr->symbol.section->vma; |
| 1645 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_WEAK; |
| 1646 | break; |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | case N_WEAKB: |
| 1649 | cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_bsssec (abfd); |
| 1650 | cache_ptr->symbol.value -= cache_ptr->symbol.section->vma; |
| 1651 | cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_WEAK; |
| 1652 | break; |
| 1653 | } |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 | return TRUE; |
| 1656 | } |
| 1657 | |
| 1658 | /* Set the fields of SYM_POINTER according to CACHE_PTR. */ |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1661 | translate_to_native_sym_flags (abfd, cache_ptr, sym_pointer) |
| 1662 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1663 | asymbol *cache_ptr; |
| 1664 | struct external_nlist *sym_pointer; |
| 1665 | { |
| 1666 | bfd_vma value = cache_ptr->value; |
| 1667 | asection *sec; |
| 1668 | bfd_vma off; |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | /* Mask out any existing type bits in case copying from one section |
| 1671 | to another. */ |
| 1672 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] &= ~N_TYPE; |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 | sec = bfd_get_section (cache_ptr); |
| 1675 | off = 0; |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 | if (sec == NULL) |
| 1678 | { |
| 1679 | /* This case occurs, e.g., for the *DEBUG* section of a COFF |
| 1680 | file. */ |
| 1681 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1682 | (_("%s: can not represent section for symbol `%s' in a.out object file format"), |
| 1683 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), |
| 1684 | cache_ptr->name != NULL ? cache_ptr->name : _("*unknown*")); |
| 1685 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); |
| 1686 | return FALSE; |
| 1687 | } |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | if (sec->output_section != NULL) |
| 1690 | { |
| 1691 | off = sec->output_offset; |
| 1692 | sec = sec->output_section; |
| 1693 | } |
| 1694 | |
| 1695 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) |
| 1696 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] |= N_ABS; |
| 1697 | else if (sec == obj_textsec (abfd)) |
| 1698 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] |= N_TEXT; |
| 1699 | else if (sec == obj_datasec (abfd)) |
| 1700 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] |= N_DATA; |
| 1701 | else if (sec == obj_bsssec (abfd)) |
| 1702 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] |= N_BSS; |
| 1703 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (sec)) |
| 1704 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] = N_UNDF | N_EXT; |
| 1705 | else if (bfd_is_ind_section (sec)) |
| 1706 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] = N_INDR; |
| 1707 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (sec)) |
| 1708 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] = N_UNDF | N_EXT; |
| 1709 | else |
| 1710 | { |
| 1711 | if (aout_section_merge_with_text_p (abfd, sec)) |
| 1712 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] |= N_TEXT; |
| 1713 | else |
| 1714 | { |
| 1715 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1716 | (_("%s: can not represent section `%s' in a.out object file format"), |
| 1717 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec)); |
| 1718 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); |
| 1719 | return FALSE; |
| 1720 | } |
| 1721 | } |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 | /* Turn the symbol from section relative to absolute again. */ |
| 1724 | value += sec->vma + off; |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | if ((cache_ptr->flags & BSF_WARNING) != 0) |
| 1727 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] = N_WARNING; |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 | if ((cache_ptr->flags & BSF_DEBUGGING) != 0) |
| 1730 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] = ((aout_symbol_type *) cache_ptr)->type; |
| 1731 | else if ((cache_ptr->flags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0) |
| 1732 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] |= N_EXT; |
| 1733 | else if ((cache_ptr->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0) |
| 1734 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] &= ~N_EXT; |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | if ((cache_ptr->flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0) |
| 1737 | { |
| 1738 | int type = ((aout_symbol_type *) cache_ptr)->type; |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 | switch (type) |
| 1741 | { |
| 1742 | case N_ABS: type = N_SETA; break; |
| 1743 | case N_TEXT: type = N_SETT; break; |
| 1744 | case N_DATA: type = N_SETD; break; |
| 1745 | case N_BSS: type = N_SETB; break; |
| 1746 | } |
| 1747 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] = type; |
| 1748 | } |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | if ((cache_ptr->flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0) |
| 1751 | { |
| 1752 | int type; |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 | switch (sym_pointer->e_type[0] & N_TYPE) |
| 1755 | { |
| 1756 | default: |
| 1757 | case N_ABS: type = N_WEAKA; break; |
| 1758 | case N_TEXT: type = N_WEAKT; break; |
| 1759 | case N_DATA: type = N_WEAKD; break; |
| 1760 | case N_BSS: type = N_WEAKB; break; |
| 1761 | case N_UNDF: type = N_WEAKU; break; |
| 1762 | } |
| 1763 | sym_pointer->e_type[0] = type; |
| 1764 | } |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 | PUT_WORD (abfd, value, sym_pointer->e_value); |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | return TRUE; |
| 1769 | } |
| 1770 | \f |
| 1771 | /* Native-level interface to symbols. */ |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | asymbol * |
| 1774 | NAME(aout,make_empty_symbol) (abfd) |
| 1775 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1776 | { |
| 1777 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (aout_symbol_type); |
| 1778 | aout_symbol_type *new = (aout_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1779 | if (!new) |
| 1780 | return NULL; |
| 1781 | new->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 | return &new->symbol; |
| 1784 | } |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | /* Translate a set of internal symbols into external symbols. */ |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 | bfd_boolean |
| 1789 | NAME(aout,translate_symbol_table) (abfd, in, ext, count, str, strsize, dynamic) |
| 1790 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1791 | aout_symbol_type *in; |
| 1792 | struct external_nlist *ext; |
| 1793 | bfd_size_type count; |
| 1794 | char *str; |
| 1795 | bfd_size_type strsize; |
| 1796 | bfd_boolean dynamic; |
| 1797 | { |
| 1798 | struct external_nlist *ext_end; |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 | ext_end = ext + count; |
| 1801 | for (; ext < ext_end; ext++, in++) |
| 1802 | { |
| 1803 | bfd_vma x; |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 | x = GET_WORD (abfd, ext->e_strx); |
| 1806 | in->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 | /* For the normal symbols, the zero index points at the number |
| 1809 | of bytes in the string table but is to be interpreted as the |
| 1810 | null string. For the dynamic symbols, the number of bytes in |
| 1811 | the string table is stored in the __DYNAMIC structure and the |
| 1812 | zero index points at an actual string. */ |
| 1813 | if (x == 0 && ! dynamic) |
| 1814 | in->symbol.name = ""; |
| 1815 | else if (x < strsize) |
| 1816 | in->symbol.name = str + x; |
| 1817 | else |
| 1818 | return FALSE; |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | in->symbol.value = GET_SWORD (abfd, ext->e_value); |
| 1821 | in->desc = H_GET_16 (abfd, ext->e_desc); |
| 1822 | in->other = H_GET_8 (abfd, ext->e_other); |
| 1823 | in->type = H_GET_8 (abfd, ext->e_type); |
| 1824 | in->symbol.udata.p = NULL; |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 | if (! translate_from_native_sym_flags (abfd, in)) |
| 1827 | return FALSE; |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 | if (dynamic) |
| 1830 | in->symbol.flags |= BSF_DYNAMIC; |
| 1831 | } |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | return TRUE; |
| 1834 | } |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 | /* We read the symbols into a buffer, which is discarded when this |
| 1837 | function exits. We read the strings into a buffer large enough to |
| 1838 | hold them all plus all the cached symbol entries. */ |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | bfd_boolean |
| 1841 | NAME(aout,slurp_symbol_table) (abfd) |
| 1842 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1843 | { |
| 1844 | struct external_nlist *old_external_syms; |
| 1845 | aout_symbol_type *cached; |
| 1846 | bfd_size_type cached_size; |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 | /* If there's no work to be done, don't do any. */ |
| 1849 | if (obj_aout_symbols (abfd) != (aout_symbol_type *) NULL) |
| 1850 | return TRUE; |
| 1851 | |
| 1852 | old_external_syms = obj_aout_external_syms (abfd); |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 | if (! aout_get_external_symbols (abfd)) |
| 1855 | return FALSE; |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | cached_size = obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd); |
| 1858 | cached_size *= sizeof (aout_symbol_type); |
| 1859 | cached = (aout_symbol_type *) bfd_zmalloc (cached_size); |
| 1860 | if (cached == NULL && cached_size != 0) |
| 1861 | return FALSE; |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | /* Convert from external symbol information to internal. */ |
| 1864 | if (! (NAME(aout,translate_symbol_table) |
| 1865 | (abfd, cached, |
| 1866 | obj_aout_external_syms (abfd), |
| 1867 | obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd), |
| 1868 | obj_aout_external_strings (abfd), |
| 1869 | obj_aout_external_string_size (abfd), |
| 1870 | FALSE))) |
| 1871 | { |
| 1872 | free (cached); |
| 1873 | return FALSE; |
| 1874 | } |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd); |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 | obj_aout_symbols (abfd) = cached; |
| 1879 | |
| 1880 | /* It is very likely that anybody who calls this function will not |
| 1881 | want the external symbol information, so if it was allocated |
| 1882 | because of our call to aout_get_external_symbols, we free it up |
| 1883 | right away to save space. */ |
| 1884 | if (old_external_syms == (struct external_nlist *) NULL |
| 1885 | && obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) != (struct external_nlist *) NULL) |
| 1886 | { |
| 1887 | #ifdef USE_MMAP |
| 1888 | bfd_free_window (&obj_aout_sym_window (abfd)); |
| 1889 | #else |
| 1890 | free (obj_aout_external_syms (abfd)); |
| 1891 | #endif |
| 1892 | obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) = NULL; |
| 1893 | } |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | return TRUE; |
| 1896 | } |
| 1897 | \f |
| 1898 | /* We use a hash table when writing out symbols so that we only write |
| 1899 | out a particular string once. This helps particularly when the |
| 1900 | linker writes out stabs debugging entries, because each different |
| 1901 | contributing object file tends to have many duplicate stabs |
| 1902 | strings. |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 | This hash table code breaks dbx on SunOS 4.1.3, so we don't do it |
| 1905 | if BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT is set. */ |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | static bfd_size_type add_to_stringtab |
| 1908 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash *, const char *, bfd_boolean)); |
| 1909 | static bfd_boolean emit_stringtab |
| 1910 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash *)); |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 | /* Get the index of a string in a strtab, adding it if it is not |
| 1913 | already present. */ |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | static INLINE bfd_size_type |
| 1916 | add_to_stringtab (abfd, tab, str, copy) |
| 1917 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1918 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *tab; |
| 1919 | const char *str; |
| 1920 | bfd_boolean copy; |
| 1921 | { |
| 1922 | bfd_boolean hash; |
| 1923 | bfd_size_type index; |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 | /* An index of 0 always means the empty string. */ |
| 1926 | if (str == 0 || *str == '\0') |
| 1927 | return 0; |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 | /* Don't hash if BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT is set, because SunOS dbx |
| 1930 | doesn't understand a hashed string table. */ |
| 1931 | hash = TRUE; |
| 1932 | if ((abfd->flags & BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT) != 0) |
| 1933 | hash = FALSE; |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | index = _bfd_stringtab_add (tab, str, hash, copy); |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 | if (index != (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 1938 | { |
| 1939 | /* Add BYTES_IN_WORD to the return value to account for the |
| 1940 | space taken up by the string table size. */ |
| 1941 | index += BYTES_IN_WORD; |
| 1942 | } |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | return index; |
| 1945 | } |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 | /* Write out a strtab. ABFD is already at the right location in the |
| 1948 | file. */ |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1951 | emit_stringtab (abfd, tab) |
| 1952 | register bfd *abfd; |
| 1953 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *tab; |
| 1954 | { |
| 1955 | bfd_byte buffer[BYTES_IN_WORD]; |
| 1956 | bfd_size_type amt = BYTES_IN_WORD; |
| 1957 | |
| 1958 | /* The string table starts with the size. */ |
| 1959 | PUT_WORD (abfd, _bfd_stringtab_size (tab) + BYTES_IN_WORD, buffer); |
| 1960 | if (bfd_bwrite ((PTR) buffer, amt, abfd) != amt) |
| 1961 | return FALSE; |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 | return _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, tab); |
| 1964 | } |
| 1965 | \f |
| 1966 | bfd_boolean |
| 1967 | NAME(aout,write_syms) (abfd) |
| 1968 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1969 | { |
| 1970 | unsigned int count ; |
| 1971 | asymbol **generic = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
| 1972 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab; |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | strtab = _bfd_stringtab_init (); |
| 1975 | if (strtab == NULL) |
| 1976 | return FALSE; |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 | for (count = 0; count < bfd_get_symcount (abfd); count++) |
| 1979 | { |
| 1980 | asymbol *g = generic[count]; |
| 1981 | bfd_size_type indx; |
| 1982 | struct external_nlist nsp; |
| 1983 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 | indx = add_to_stringtab (abfd, strtab, g->name, FALSE); |
| 1986 | if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 1987 | goto error_return; |
| 1988 | PUT_WORD (abfd, indx, (bfd_byte *) nsp.e_strx); |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 | if (bfd_asymbol_flavour (g) == abfd->xvec->flavour) |
| 1991 | { |
| 1992 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, aout_symbol (g)->desc, nsp.e_desc); |
| 1993 | H_PUT_8 (abfd, aout_symbol (g)->other, nsp.e_other); |
| 1994 | H_PUT_8 (abfd, aout_symbol (g)->type, nsp.e_type); |
| 1995 | } |
| 1996 | else |
| 1997 | { |
| 1998 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, 0, nsp.e_desc); |
| 1999 | H_PUT_8 (abfd, 0, nsp.e_other); |
| 2000 | H_PUT_8 (abfd, 0, nsp.e_type); |
| 2001 | } |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 | if (! translate_to_native_sym_flags (abfd, g, &nsp)) |
| 2004 | goto error_return; |
| 2005 | |
| 2006 | amt = EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE; |
| 2007 | if (bfd_bwrite ((PTR) &nsp, amt, abfd) != amt) |
| 2008 | goto error_return; |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 | /* NB: `KEEPIT' currently overlays `udata.p', so set this only |
| 2011 | here, at the end. */ |
| 2012 | g->KEEPIT = count; |
| 2013 | } |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 | if (! emit_stringtab (abfd, strtab)) |
| 2016 | goto error_return; |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); |
| 2019 | |
| 2020 | return TRUE; |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 | error_return: |
| 2023 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); |
| 2024 | return FALSE; |
| 2025 | } |
| 2026 | \f |
| 2027 | long |
| 2028 | NAME(aout,get_symtab) (abfd, location) |
| 2029 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2030 | asymbol **location; |
| 2031 | { |
| 2032 | unsigned int counter = 0; |
| 2033 | aout_symbol_type *symbase; |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 | if (!NAME(aout,slurp_symbol_table) (abfd)) |
| 2036 | return -1; |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | for (symbase = obj_aout_symbols (abfd); |
| 2039 | counter++ < bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
| 2040 | ) |
| 2041 | *(location++) = (asymbol *) (symbase++); |
| 2042 | *location++ =0; |
| 2043 | return bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
| 2044 | } |
| 2045 | \f |
| 2046 | /* Standard reloc stuff. */ |
| 2047 | /* Output standard relocation information to a file in target byte order. */ |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 | extern void NAME(aout,swap_std_reloc_out) |
| 2050 | PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, struct reloc_std_external *)); |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | void |
| 2053 | NAME(aout,swap_std_reloc_out) (abfd, g, natptr) |
| 2054 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2055 | arelent *g; |
| 2056 | struct reloc_std_external *natptr; |
| 2057 | { |
| 2058 | int r_index; |
| 2059 | asymbol *sym = *(g->sym_ptr_ptr); |
| 2060 | int r_extern; |
| 2061 | unsigned int r_length; |
| 2062 | int r_pcrel; |
| 2063 | int r_baserel, r_jmptable, r_relative; |
| 2064 | asection *output_section = sym->section->output_section; |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 | PUT_WORD (abfd, g->address, natptr->r_address); |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 | r_length = g->howto->size ; /* Size as a power of two. */ |
| 2069 | r_pcrel = (int) g->howto->pc_relative; /* Relative to PC? */ |
| 2070 | /* XXX This relies on relocs coming from a.out files. */ |
| 2071 | r_baserel = (g->howto->type & 8) != 0; |
| 2072 | r_jmptable = (g->howto->type & 16) != 0; |
| 2073 | r_relative = (g->howto->type & 32) != 0; |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 | #if 0 |
| 2076 | /* For a standard reloc, the addend is in the object file. */ |
| 2077 | r_addend = g->addend + (*(g->sym_ptr_ptr))->section->output_section->vma; |
| 2078 | #endif |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 | /* Name was clobbered by aout_write_syms to be symbol index. */ |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 | /* If this relocation is relative to a symbol then set the |
| 2083 | r_index to the symbols index, and the r_extern bit. |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 | Absolute symbols can come in in two ways, either as an offset |
| 2086 | from the abs section, or as a symbol which has an abs value. |
| 2087 | check for that here. */ |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 | if (bfd_is_com_section (output_section) |
| 2090 | || bfd_is_abs_section (output_section) |
| 2091 | || bfd_is_und_section (output_section)) |
| 2092 | { |
| 2093 | if (bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol == sym) |
| 2094 | { |
| 2095 | /* Whoops, looked like an abs symbol, but is |
| 2096 | really an offset from the abs section. */ |
| 2097 | r_index = N_ABS; |
| 2098 | r_extern = 0; |
| 2099 | } |
| 2100 | else |
| 2101 | { |
| 2102 | /* Fill in symbol. */ |
| 2103 | r_extern = 1; |
| 2104 | r_index = (*(g->sym_ptr_ptr))->KEEPIT; |
| 2105 | } |
| 2106 | } |
| 2107 | else |
| 2108 | { |
| 2109 | /* Just an ordinary section. */ |
| 2110 | r_extern = 0; |
| 2111 | r_index = output_section->target_index; |
| 2112 | } |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 | /* Now the fun stuff. */ |
| 2115 | if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) |
| 2116 | { |
| 2117 | natptr->r_index[0] = r_index >> 16; |
| 2118 | natptr->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8; |
| 2119 | natptr->r_index[2] = r_index; |
| 2120 | natptr->r_type[0] = ((r_extern ? RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG : 0) |
| 2121 | | (r_pcrel ? RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG : 0) |
| 2122 | | (r_baserel ? RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG : 0) |
| 2123 | | (r_jmptable ? RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG : 0) |
| 2124 | | (r_relative ? RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG : 0) |
| 2125 | | (r_length << RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG)); |
| 2126 | } |
| 2127 | else |
| 2128 | { |
| 2129 | natptr->r_index[2] = r_index >> 16; |
| 2130 | natptr->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8; |
| 2131 | natptr->r_index[0] = r_index; |
| 2132 | natptr->r_type[0] = ((r_extern ? RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE : 0) |
| 2133 | | (r_pcrel ? RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE : 0) |
| 2134 | | (r_baserel ? RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE : 0) |
| 2135 | | (r_jmptable ? RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE : 0) |
| 2136 | | (r_relative ? RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE : 0) |
| 2137 | | (r_length << RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE)); |
| 2138 | } |
| 2139 | } |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | /* Extended stuff. */ |
| 2142 | /* Output extended relocation information to a file in target byte order. */ |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 | extern void NAME(aout,swap_ext_reloc_out) |
| 2145 | PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, struct reloc_ext_external *)); |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 | void |
| 2148 | NAME(aout,swap_ext_reloc_out) (abfd, g, natptr) |
| 2149 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2150 | arelent *g; |
| 2151 | register struct reloc_ext_external *natptr; |
| 2152 | { |
| 2153 | int r_index; |
| 2154 | int r_extern; |
| 2155 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 2156 | bfd_vma r_addend; |
| 2157 | asymbol *sym = *(g->sym_ptr_ptr); |
| 2158 | asection *output_section = sym->section->output_section; |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 | PUT_WORD (abfd, g->address, natptr->r_address); |
| 2161 | |
| 2162 | r_type = (unsigned int) g->howto->type; |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | r_addend = g->addend; |
| 2165 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0) |
| 2166 | r_addend += (*(g->sym_ptr_ptr))->section->output_section->vma; |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 | /* If this relocation is relative to a symbol then set the |
| 2169 | r_index to the symbols index, and the r_extern bit. |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 | Absolute symbols can come in in two ways, either as an offset |
| 2172 | from the abs section, or as a symbol which has an abs value. |
| 2173 | check for that here. */ |
| 2174 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (bfd_get_section (sym))) |
| 2175 | { |
| 2176 | r_extern = 0; |
| 2177 | r_index = N_ABS; |
| 2178 | } |
| 2179 | else if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0) |
| 2180 | { |
| 2181 | if (bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) |
| 2182 | || (sym->flags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0) |
| 2183 | r_extern = 1; |
| 2184 | else |
| 2185 | r_extern = 0; |
| 2186 | r_index = (*(g->sym_ptr_ptr))->KEEPIT; |
| 2187 | } |
| 2188 | else |
| 2189 | { |
| 2190 | /* Just an ordinary section. */ |
| 2191 | r_extern = 0; |
| 2192 | r_index = output_section->target_index; |
| 2193 | } |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 | /* Now the fun stuff. */ |
| 2196 | if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) |
| 2197 | { |
| 2198 | natptr->r_index[0] = r_index >> 16; |
| 2199 | natptr->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8; |
| 2200 | natptr->r_index[2] = r_index; |
| 2201 | natptr->r_type[0] = ((r_extern ? RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG : 0) |
| 2202 | | (r_type << RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG)); |
| 2203 | } |
| 2204 | else |
| 2205 | { |
| 2206 | natptr->r_index[2] = r_index >> 16; |
| 2207 | natptr->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8; |
| 2208 | natptr->r_index[0] = r_index; |
| 2209 | natptr->r_type[0] = ((r_extern ? RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE : 0) |
| 2210 | | (r_type << RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE)); |
| 2211 | } |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | PUT_WORD (abfd, r_addend, natptr->r_addend); |
| 2214 | } |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 | /* BFD deals internally with all things based from the section they're |
| 2217 | in. so, something in 10 bytes into a text section with a base of |
| 2218 | 50 would have a symbol (.text+10) and know .text vma was 50. |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 | Aout keeps all it's symbols based from zero, so the symbol would |
| 2221 | contain 60. This macro subs the base of each section from the value |
| 2222 | to give the true offset from the section. */ |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 | #define MOVE_ADDRESS(ad) \ |
| 2225 | if (r_extern) \ |
| 2226 | { \ |
| 2227 | /* Undefined symbol. */ \ |
| 2228 | cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = symbols + r_index; \ |
| 2229 | cache_ptr->addend = ad; \ |
| 2230 | } \ |
| 2231 | else \ |
| 2232 | { \ |
| 2233 | /* Defined, section relative. Replace symbol with pointer to \ |
| 2234 | symbol which points to section. */ \ |
| 2235 | switch (r_index) \ |
| 2236 | { \ |
| 2237 | case N_TEXT: \ |
| 2238 | case N_TEXT | N_EXT: \ |
| 2239 | cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = obj_textsec (abfd)->symbol_ptr_ptr; \ |
| 2240 | cache_ptr->addend = ad - su->textsec->vma; \ |
| 2241 | break; \ |
| 2242 | case N_DATA: \ |
| 2243 | case N_DATA | N_EXT: \ |
| 2244 | cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = obj_datasec (abfd)->symbol_ptr_ptr; \ |
| 2245 | cache_ptr->addend = ad - su->datasec->vma; \ |
| 2246 | break; \ |
| 2247 | case N_BSS: \ |
| 2248 | case N_BSS | N_EXT: \ |
| 2249 | cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = obj_bsssec (abfd)->symbol_ptr_ptr; \ |
| 2250 | cache_ptr->addend = ad - su->bsssec->vma; \ |
| 2251 | break; \ |
| 2252 | default: \ |
| 2253 | case N_ABS: \ |
| 2254 | case N_ABS | N_EXT: \ |
| 2255 | cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; \ |
| 2256 | cache_ptr->addend = ad; \ |
| 2257 | break; \ |
| 2258 | } \ |
| 2259 | } |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | void |
| 2262 | NAME(aout,swap_ext_reloc_in) (abfd, bytes, cache_ptr, symbols, symcount) |
| 2263 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2264 | struct reloc_ext_external *bytes; |
| 2265 | arelent *cache_ptr; |
| 2266 | asymbol **symbols; |
| 2267 | bfd_size_type symcount; |
| 2268 | { |
| 2269 | unsigned int r_index; |
| 2270 | int r_extern; |
| 2271 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 2272 | struct aoutdata *su = &(abfd->tdata.aout_data->a); |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 | cache_ptr->address = (GET_SWORD (abfd, bytes->r_address)); |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | /* Now the fun stuff. */ |
| 2277 | if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) |
| 2278 | { |
| 2279 | r_index = (((unsigned int) bytes->r_index[0] << 16) |
| 2280 | | ((unsigned int) bytes->r_index[1] << 8) |
| 2281 | | bytes->r_index[2]); |
| 2282 | r_extern = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG)); |
| 2283 | r_type = ((bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG) |
| 2284 | >> RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG); |
| 2285 | } |
| 2286 | else |
| 2287 | { |
| 2288 | r_index = (((unsigned int) bytes->r_index[2] << 16) |
| 2289 | | ((unsigned int) bytes->r_index[1] << 8) |
| 2290 | | bytes->r_index[0]); |
| 2291 | r_extern = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE)); |
| 2292 | r_type = ((bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE) |
| 2293 | >> RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE); |
| 2294 | } |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 | cache_ptr->howto = howto_table_ext + r_type; |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | /* Base relative relocs are always against the symbol table, |
| 2299 | regardless of the setting of r_extern. r_extern just reflects |
| 2300 | whether the symbol the reloc is against is local or global. */ |
| 2301 | if (r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE10 |
| 2302 | || r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE13 |
| 2303 | || r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE22) |
| 2304 | r_extern = 1; |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | if (r_extern && r_index > symcount) |
| 2307 | { |
| 2308 | /* We could arrange to return an error, but it might be useful |
| 2309 | to see the file even if it is bad. */ |
| 2310 | r_extern = 0; |
| 2311 | r_index = N_ABS; |
| 2312 | } |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | MOVE_ADDRESS (GET_SWORD (abfd, bytes->r_addend)); |
| 2315 | } |
| 2316 | |
| 2317 | void |
| 2318 | NAME(aout,swap_std_reloc_in) (abfd, bytes, cache_ptr, symbols, symcount) |
| 2319 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2320 | struct reloc_std_external *bytes; |
| 2321 | arelent *cache_ptr; |
| 2322 | asymbol **symbols; |
| 2323 | bfd_size_type symcount; |
| 2324 | { |
| 2325 | unsigned int r_index; |
| 2326 | int r_extern; |
| 2327 | unsigned int r_length; |
| 2328 | int r_pcrel; |
| 2329 | int r_baserel, r_jmptable, r_relative; |
| 2330 | struct aoutdata *su = &(abfd->tdata.aout_data->a); |
| 2331 | unsigned int howto_idx; |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 | cache_ptr->address = H_GET_32 (abfd, bytes->r_address); |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 | /* Now the fun stuff. */ |
| 2336 | if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) |
| 2337 | { |
| 2338 | r_index = (((unsigned int) bytes->r_index[0] << 16) |
| 2339 | | ((unsigned int) bytes->r_index[1] << 8) |
| 2340 | | bytes->r_index[2]); |
| 2341 | r_extern = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG)); |
| 2342 | r_pcrel = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG)); |
| 2343 | r_baserel = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG)); |
| 2344 | r_jmptable= (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG)); |
| 2345 | r_relative= (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG)); |
| 2346 | r_length = ((bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_BIG) |
| 2347 | >> RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG); |
| 2348 | } |
| 2349 | else |
| 2350 | { |
| 2351 | r_index = (((unsigned int) bytes->r_index[2] << 16) |
| 2352 | | ((unsigned int) bytes->r_index[1] << 8) |
| 2353 | | bytes->r_index[0]); |
| 2354 | r_extern = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE)); |
| 2355 | r_pcrel = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE)); |
| 2356 | r_baserel = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE)); |
| 2357 | r_jmptable= (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE)); |
| 2358 | r_relative= (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE)); |
| 2359 | r_length = ((bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_LITTLE) |
| 2360 | >> RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE); |
| 2361 | } |
| 2362 | |
| 2363 | howto_idx = (r_length + 4 * r_pcrel + 8 * r_baserel |
| 2364 | + 16 * r_jmptable + 32 * r_relative); |
| 2365 | BFD_ASSERT (howto_idx < TABLE_SIZE (howto_table_std)); |
| 2366 | cache_ptr->howto = howto_table_std + howto_idx; |
| 2367 | BFD_ASSERT (cache_ptr->howto->type != (unsigned int) -1); |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 | /* Base relative relocs are always against the symbol table, |
| 2370 | regardless of the setting of r_extern. r_extern just reflects |
| 2371 | whether the symbol the reloc is against is local or global. */ |
| 2372 | if (r_baserel) |
| 2373 | r_extern = 1; |
| 2374 | |
| 2375 | if (r_extern && r_index > symcount) |
| 2376 | { |
| 2377 | /* We could arrange to return an error, but it might be useful |
| 2378 | to see the file even if it is bad. */ |
| 2379 | r_extern = 0; |
| 2380 | r_index = N_ABS; |
| 2381 | } |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 | MOVE_ADDRESS (0); |
| 2384 | } |
| 2385 | |
| 2386 | /* Read and swap the relocs for a section. */ |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 | bfd_boolean |
| 2389 | NAME(aout,slurp_reloc_table) (abfd, asect, symbols) |
| 2390 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2391 | sec_ptr asect; |
| 2392 | asymbol **symbols; |
| 2393 | { |
| 2394 | bfd_size_type count; |
| 2395 | bfd_size_type reloc_size; |
| 2396 | PTR relocs; |
| 2397 | arelent *reloc_cache; |
| 2398 | size_t each_size; |
| 2399 | unsigned int counter = 0; |
| 2400 | arelent *cache_ptr; |
| 2401 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 | if (asect->relocation) |
| 2404 | return TRUE; |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | if (asect->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR) |
| 2407 | return TRUE; |
| 2408 | |
| 2409 | if (asect == obj_datasec (abfd)) |
| 2410 | reloc_size = exec_hdr (abfd)->a_drsize; |
| 2411 | else if (asect == obj_textsec (abfd)) |
| 2412 | reloc_size = exec_hdr (abfd)->a_trsize; |
| 2413 | else if (asect == obj_bsssec (abfd)) |
| 2414 | reloc_size = 0; |
| 2415 | else |
| 2416 | { |
| 2417 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 2418 | return FALSE; |
| 2419 | } |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, asect->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 2422 | return FALSE; |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 | each_size = obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd); |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 | count = reloc_size / each_size; |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 | amt = count * sizeof (arelent); |
| 2429 | reloc_cache = (arelent *) bfd_zmalloc (amt); |
| 2430 | if (reloc_cache == NULL && count != 0) |
| 2431 | return FALSE; |
| 2432 | |
| 2433 | relocs = bfd_malloc (reloc_size); |
| 2434 | if (relocs == NULL && reloc_size != 0) |
| 2435 | { |
| 2436 | free (reloc_cache); |
| 2437 | return FALSE; |
| 2438 | } |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 | if (bfd_bread (relocs, reloc_size, abfd) != reloc_size) |
| 2441 | { |
| 2442 | free (relocs); |
| 2443 | free (reloc_cache); |
| 2444 | return FALSE; |
| 2445 | } |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 | cache_ptr = reloc_cache; |
| 2448 | if (each_size == RELOC_EXT_SIZE) |
| 2449 | { |
| 2450 | struct reloc_ext_external *rptr = (struct reloc_ext_external *) relocs; |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | for (; counter < count; counter++, rptr++, cache_ptr++) |
| 2453 | MY_swap_ext_reloc_in (abfd, rptr, cache_ptr, symbols, |
| 2454 | (bfd_size_type) bfd_get_symcount (abfd)); |
| 2455 | } |
| 2456 | else |
| 2457 | { |
| 2458 | struct reloc_std_external *rptr = (struct reloc_std_external *) relocs; |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | for (; counter < count; counter++, rptr++, cache_ptr++) |
| 2461 | MY_swap_std_reloc_in (abfd, rptr, cache_ptr, symbols, |
| 2462 | (bfd_size_type) bfd_get_symcount (abfd)); |
| 2463 | } |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 | free (relocs); |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 | asect->relocation = reloc_cache; |
| 2468 | asect->reloc_count = cache_ptr - reloc_cache; |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 | return TRUE; |
| 2471 | } |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | /* Write out a relocation section into an object file. */ |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 | bfd_boolean |
| 2476 | NAME(aout,squirt_out_relocs) (abfd, section) |
| 2477 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2478 | asection *section; |
| 2479 | { |
| 2480 | arelent **generic; |
| 2481 | unsigned char *native, *natptr; |
| 2482 | size_t each_size; |
| 2483 | |
| 2484 | unsigned int count = section->reloc_count; |
| 2485 | bfd_size_type natsize; |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | if (count == 0 || section->orelocation == NULL) |
| 2488 | return TRUE; |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 | each_size = obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd); |
| 2491 | natsize = (bfd_size_type) each_size * count; |
| 2492 | native = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, natsize); |
| 2493 | if (!native) |
| 2494 | return FALSE; |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 | generic = section->orelocation; |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | if (each_size == RELOC_EXT_SIZE) |
| 2499 | { |
| 2500 | for (natptr = native; |
| 2501 | count != 0; |
| 2502 | --count, natptr += each_size, ++generic) |
| 2503 | MY_swap_ext_reloc_out (abfd, *generic, |
| 2504 | (struct reloc_ext_external *) natptr); |
| 2505 | } |
| 2506 | else |
| 2507 | { |
| 2508 | for (natptr = native; |
| 2509 | count != 0; |
| 2510 | --count, natptr += each_size, ++generic) |
| 2511 | MY_swap_std_reloc_out (abfd, *generic, |
| 2512 | (struct reloc_std_external *) natptr); |
| 2513 | } |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 | if (bfd_bwrite ((PTR) native, natsize, abfd) != natsize) |
| 2516 | { |
| 2517 | bfd_release (abfd, native); |
| 2518 | return FALSE; |
| 2519 | } |
| 2520 | bfd_release (abfd, native); |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 | return TRUE; |
| 2523 | } |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 | /* This is stupid. This function should be a boolean predicate. */ |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | long |
| 2528 | NAME(aout,canonicalize_reloc) (abfd, section, relptr, symbols) |
| 2529 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2530 | sec_ptr section; |
| 2531 | arelent **relptr; |
| 2532 | asymbol **symbols; |
| 2533 | { |
| 2534 | arelent *tblptr = section->relocation; |
| 2535 | unsigned int count; |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 | if (section == obj_bsssec (abfd)) |
| 2538 | { |
| 2539 | *relptr = NULL; |
| 2540 | return 0; |
| 2541 | } |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 | if (!(tblptr || NAME(aout,slurp_reloc_table) (abfd, section, symbols))) |
| 2544 | return -1; |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 | if (section->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR) |
| 2547 | { |
| 2548 | arelent_chain *chain = section->constructor_chain; |
| 2549 | for (count = 0; count < section->reloc_count; count ++) |
| 2550 | { |
| 2551 | *relptr ++ = &chain->relent; |
| 2552 | chain = chain->next; |
| 2553 | } |
| 2554 | } |
| 2555 | else |
| 2556 | { |
| 2557 | tblptr = section->relocation; |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 | for (count = 0; count++ < section->reloc_count; ) |
| 2560 | { |
| 2561 | *relptr++ = tblptr++; |
| 2562 | } |
| 2563 | } |
| 2564 | *relptr = 0; |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 | return section->reloc_count; |
| 2567 | } |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | long |
| 2570 | NAME(aout,get_reloc_upper_bound) (abfd, asect) |
| 2571 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2572 | sec_ptr asect; |
| 2573 | { |
| 2574 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object) |
| 2575 | { |
| 2576 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 2577 | return -1; |
| 2578 | } |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | if (asect->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR) |
| 2581 | return (sizeof (arelent *) * (asect->reloc_count+1)); |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 | if (asect == obj_datasec (abfd)) |
| 2584 | return (sizeof (arelent *) |
| 2585 | * ((exec_hdr (abfd)->a_drsize / obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd)) |
| 2586 | + 1)); |
| 2587 | |
| 2588 | if (asect == obj_textsec (abfd)) |
| 2589 | return (sizeof (arelent *) |
| 2590 | * ((exec_hdr (abfd)->a_trsize / obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd)) |
| 2591 | + 1)); |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 | if (asect == obj_bsssec (abfd)) |
| 2594 | return sizeof (arelent *); |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 | if (asect == obj_bsssec (abfd)) |
| 2597 | return 0; |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 2600 | return -1; |
| 2601 | } |
| 2602 | \f |
| 2603 | long |
| 2604 | NAME(aout,get_symtab_upper_bound) (abfd) |
| 2605 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2606 | { |
| 2607 | if (!NAME(aout,slurp_symbol_table) (abfd)) |
| 2608 | return -1; |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 | return (bfd_get_symcount (abfd)+1) * (sizeof (aout_symbol_type *)); |
| 2611 | } |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | alent * |
| 2614 | NAME(aout,get_lineno) (ignore_abfd, ignore_symbol) |
| 2615 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 2616 | asymbol *ignore_symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 2617 | { |
| 2618 | return (alent *)NULL; |
| 2619 | } |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 | void |
| 2622 | NAME(aout,get_symbol_info) (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret) |
| 2623 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 2624 | asymbol *symbol; |
| 2625 | symbol_info *ret; |
| 2626 | { |
| 2627 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 | if (ret->type == '?') |
| 2630 | { |
| 2631 | int type_code = aout_symbol (symbol)->type & 0xff; |
| 2632 | const char *stab_name = bfd_get_stab_name (type_code); |
| 2633 | static char buf[10]; |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 | if (stab_name == NULL) |
| 2636 | { |
| 2637 | sprintf (buf, "(%d)", type_code); |
| 2638 | stab_name = buf; |
| 2639 | } |
| 2640 | ret->type = '-'; |
| 2641 | ret->stab_type = type_code; |
| 2642 | ret->stab_other = (unsigned) (aout_symbol (symbol)->other & 0xff); |
| 2643 | ret->stab_desc = (unsigned) (aout_symbol (symbol)->desc & 0xffff); |
| 2644 | ret->stab_name = stab_name; |
| 2645 | } |
| 2646 | } |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 | void |
| 2649 | NAME(aout,print_symbol) (abfd, afile, symbol, how) |
| 2650 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2651 | PTR afile; |
| 2652 | asymbol *symbol; |
| 2653 | bfd_print_symbol_type how; |
| 2654 | { |
| 2655 | FILE *file = (FILE *)afile; |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | switch (how) |
| 2658 | { |
| 2659 | case bfd_print_symbol_name: |
| 2660 | if (symbol->name) |
| 2661 | fprintf (file,"%s", symbol->name); |
| 2662 | break; |
| 2663 | case bfd_print_symbol_more: |
| 2664 | fprintf (file,"%4x %2x %2x", |
| 2665 | (unsigned) (aout_symbol (symbol)->desc & 0xffff), |
| 2666 | (unsigned) (aout_symbol (symbol)->other & 0xff), |
| 2667 | (unsigned) (aout_symbol (symbol)->type)); |
| 2668 | break; |
| 2669 | case bfd_print_symbol_all: |
| 2670 | { |
| 2671 | const char *section_name = symbol->section->name; |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, (PTR)file, symbol); |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | fprintf (file," %-5s %04x %02x %02x", |
| 2676 | section_name, |
| 2677 | (unsigned) (aout_symbol (symbol)->desc & 0xffff), |
| 2678 | (unsigned) (aout_symbol (symbol)->other & 0xff), |
| 2679 | (unsigned) (aout_symbol (symbol)->type & 0xff)); |
| 2680 | if (symbol->name) |
| 2681 | fprintf (file," %s", symbol->name); |
| 2682 | } |
| 2683 | break; |
| 2684 | } |
| 2685 | } |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 | /* If we don't have to allocate more than 1MB to hold the generic |
| 2688 | symbols, we use the generic minisymbol methord: it's faster, since |
| 2689 | it only translates the symbols once, not multiple times. */ |
| 2690 | #define MINISYM_THRESHOLD (1000000 / sizeof (asymbol)) |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 | /* Read minisymbols. For minisymbols, we use the unmodified a.out |
| 2693 | symbols. The minisymbol_to_symbol function translates these into |
| 2694 | BFD asymbol structures. */ |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | long |
| 2697 | NAME(aout,read_minisymbols) (abfd, dynamic, minisymsp, sizep) |
| 2698 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2699 | bfd_boolean dynamic; |
| 2700 | PTR *minisymsp; |
| 2701 | unsigned int *sizep; |
| 2702 | { |
| 2703 | if (dynamic) |
| 2704 | { |
| 2705 | /* We could handle the dynamic symbols here as well, but it's |
| 2706 | easier to hand them off. */ |
| 2707 | return _bfd_generic_read_minisymbols (abfd, dynamic, minisymsp, sizep); |
| 2708 | } |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 | if (! aout_get_external_symbols (abfd)) |
| 2711 | return -1; |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | if (obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd) < MINISYM_THRESHOLD) |
| 2714 | return _bfd_generic_read_minisymbols (abfd, dynamic, minisymsp, sizep); |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 | *minisymsp = (PTR) obj_aout_external_syms (abfd); |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 | /* By passing the external symbols back from this routine, we are |
| 2719 | giving up control over the memory block. Clear |
| 2720 | obj_aout_external_syms, so that we do not try to free it |
| 2721 | ourselves. */ |
| 2722 | obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) = NULL; |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 | *sizep = EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE; |
| 2725 | return obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd); |
| 2726 | } |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 | /* Convert a minisymbol to a BFD asymbol. A minisymbol is just an |
| 2729 | unmodified a.out symbol. The SYM argument is a structure returned |
| 2730 | by bfd_make_empty_symbol, which we fill in here. */ |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 | asymbol * |
| 2733 | NAME(aout,minisymbol_to_symbol) (abfd, dynamic, minisym, sym) |
| 2734 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2735 | bfd_boolean dynamic; |
| 2736 | const PTR minisym; |
| 2737 | asymbol *sym; |
| 2738 | { |
| 2739 | if (dynamic |
| 2740 | || obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd) < MINISYM_THRESHOLD) |
| 2741 | return _bfd_generic_minisymbol_to_symbol (abfd, dynamic, minisym, sym); |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 | memset (sym, 0, sizeof (aout_symbol_type)); |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 | /* We call translate_symbol_table to translate a single symbol. */ |
| 2746 | if (! (NAME(aout,translate_symbol_table) |
| 2747 | (abfd, |
| 2748 | (aout_symbol_type *) sym, |
| 2749 | (struct external_nlist *) minisym, |
| 2750 | (bfd_size_type) 1, |
| 2751 | obj_aout_external_strings (abfd), |
| 2752 | obj_aout_external_string_size (abfd), |
| 2753 | FALSE))) |
| 2754 | return NULL; |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 | return sym; |
| 2757 | } |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 | /* Provided a BFD, a section and an offset into the section, calculate |
| 2760 | and return the name of the source file and the line nearest to the |
| 2761 | wanted location. */ |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | bfd_boolean |
| 2764 | NAME(aout,find_nearest_line) |
| 2765 | (abfd, section, symbols, offset, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr) |
| 2766 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2767 | asection *section; |
| 2768 | asymbol **symbols; |
| 2769 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 2770 | const char **filename_ptr; |
| 2771 | const char **functionname_ptr; |
| 2772 | unsigned int *line_ptr; |
| 2773 | { |
| 2774 | /* Run down the file looking for the filename, function and linenumber. */ |
| 2775 | asymbol **p; |
| 2776 | const char *directory_name = NULL; |
| 2777 | const char *main_file_name = NULL; |
| 2778 | const char *current_file_name = NULL; |
| 2779 | const char *line_file_name = NULL; /* Value of current_file_name at line number. */ |
| 2780 | const char *line_directory_name = NULL; /* Value of directory_name at line number. */ |
| 2781 | bfd_vma low_line_vma = 0; |
| 2782 | bfd_vma low_func_vma = 0; |
| 2783 | asymbol *func = 0; |
| 2784 | bfd_size_type filelen, funclen; |
| 2785 | char *buf; |
| 2786 | |
| 2787 | *filename_ptr = abfd->filename; |
| 2788 | *functionname_ptr = 0; |
| 2789 | *line_ptr = 0; |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 | if (symbols != (asymbol **)NULL) |
| 2792 | { |
| 2793 | for (p = symbols; *p; p++) |
| 2794 | { |
| 2795 | aout_symbol_type *q = (aout_symbol_type *) (*p); |
| 2796 | next: |
| 2797 | switch (q->type) |
| 2798 | { |
| 2799 | case N_TEXT: |
| 2800 | /* If this looks like a file name symbol, and it comes after |
| 2801 | the line number we have found so far, but before the |
| 2802 | offset, then we have probably not found the right line |
| 2803 | number. */ |
| 2804 | if (q->symbol.value <= offset |
| 2805 | && ((q->symbol.value > low_line_vma |
| 2806 | && (line_file_name != NULL |
| 2807 | || *line_ptr != 0)) |
| 2808 | || (q->symbol.value > low_func_vma |
| 2809 | && func != NULL))) |
| 2810 | { |
| 2811 | const char *symname; |
| 2812 | |
| 2813 | symname = q->symbol.name; |
| 2814 | if (strcmp (symname + strlen (symname) - 2, ".o") == 0) |
| 2815 | { |
| 2816 | if (q->symbol.value > low_line_vma) |
| 2817 | { |
| 2818 | *line_ptr = 0; |
| 2819 | line_file_name = NULL; |
| 2820 | } |
| 2821 | if (q->symbol.value > low_func_vma) |
| 2822 | func = NULL; |
| 2823 | } |
| 2824 | } |
| 2825 | break; |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | case N_SO: |
| 2828 | /* If this symbol is less than the offset, but greater than |
| 2829 | the line number we have found so far, then we have not |
| 2830 | found the right line number. */ |
| 2831 | if (q->symbol.value <= offset) |
| 2832 | { |
| 2833 | if (q->symbol.value > low_line_vma) |
| 2834 | { |
| 2835 | *line_ptr = 0; |
| 2836 | line_file_name = NULL; |
| 2837 | } |
| 2838 | if (q->symbol.value > low_func_vma) |
| 2839 | func = NULL; |
| 2840 | } |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 | main_file_name = current_file_name = q->symbol.name; |
| 2843 | /* Look ahead to next symbol to check if that too is an N_SO. */ |
| 2844 | p++; |
| 2845 | if (*p == NULL) |
| 2846 | break; |
| 2847 | q = (aout_symbol_type *) (*p); |
| 2848 | if (q->type != (int)N_SO) |
| 2849 | goto next; |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | /* Found a second N_SO First is directory; second is filename. */ |
| 2852 | directory_name = current_file_name; |
| 2853 | main_file_name = current_file_name = q->symbol.name; |
| 2854 | if (obj_textsec (abfd) != section) |
| 2855 | goto done; |
| 2856 | break; |
| 2857 | case N_SOL: |
| 2858 | current_file_name = q->symbol.name; |
| 2859 | break; |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 | case N_SLINE: |
| 2862 | |
| 2863 | case N_DSLINE: |
| 2864 | case N_BSLINE: |
| 2865 | /* We'll keep this if it resolves nearer than the one we have |
| 2866 | already. */ |
| 2867 | if (q->symbol.value >= low_line_vma |
| 2868 | && q->symbol.value <= offset) |
| 2869 | { |
| 2870 | *line_ptr = q->desc; |
| 2871 | low_line_vma = q->symbol.value; |
| 2872 | line_file_name = current_file_name; |
| 2873 | line_directory_name = directory_name; |
| 2874 | } |
| 2875 | break; |
| 2876 | case N_FUN: |
| 2877 | { |
| 2878 | /* We'll keep this if it is nearer than the one we have already. */ |
| 2879 | if (q->symbol.value >= low_func_vma && |
| 2880 | q->symbol.value <= offset) |
| 2881 | { |
| 2882 | low_func_vma = q->symbol.value; |
| 2883 | func = (asymbol *)q; |
| 2884 | } |
| 2885 | else if (q->symbol.value > offset) |
| 2886 | goto done; |
| 2887 | } |
| 2888 | break; |
| 2889 | } |
| 2890 | } |
| 2891 | } |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | done: |
| 2894 | if (*line_ptr != 0) |
| 2895 | { |
| 2896 | main_file_name = line_file_name; |
| 2897 | directory_name = line_directory_name; |
| 2898 | } |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 | if (main_file_name == NULL |
| 2901 | || IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (main_file_name) |
| 2902 | || directory_name == NULL) |
| 2903 | filelen = 0; |
| 2904 | else |
| 2905 | filelen = strlen (directory_name) + strlen (main_file_name); |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | if (func == NULL) |
| 2908 | funclen = 0; |
| 2909 | else |
| 2910 | funclen = strlen (bfd_asymbol_name (func)); |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | if (adata (abfd).line_buf != NULL) |
| 2913 | free (adata (abfd).line_buf); |
| 2914 | |
| 2915 | if (filelen + funclen == 0) |
| 2916 | adata (abfd).line_buf = buf = NULL; |
| 2917 | else |
| 2918 | { |
| 2919 | buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (filelen + funclen + 3); |
| 2920 | adata (abfd).line_buf = buf; |
| 2921 | if (buf == NULL) |
| 2922 | return FALSE; |
| 2923 | } |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | if (main_file_name != NULL) |
| 2926 | { |
| 2927 | if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (main_file_name) || directory_name == NULL) |
| 2928 | *filename_ptr = main_file_name; |
| 2929 | else |
| 2930 | { |
| 2931 | sprintf (buf, "%s%s", directory_name, main_file_name); |
| 2932 | *filename_ptr = buf; |
| 2933 | buf += filelen + 1; |
| 2934 | } |
| 2935 | } |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 | if (func) |
| 2938 | { |
| 2939 | const char *function = func->name; |
| 2940 | char *colon; |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 | /* The caller expects a symbol name. We actually have a |
| 2943 | function name, without the leading underscore. Put the |
| 2944 | underscore back in, so that the caller gets a symbol name. */ |
| 2945 | if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == '\0') |
| 2946 | strcpy (buf, function); |
| 2947 | else |
| 2948 | { |
| 2949 | buf[0] = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd); |
| 2950 | strcpy (buf + 1, function); |
| 2951 | } |
| 2952 | /* Have to remove : stuff. */ |
| 2953 | colon = strchr (buf, ':'); |
| 2954 | if (colon != NULL) |
| 2955 | *colon = '\0'; |
| 2956 | *functionname_ptr = buf; |
| 2957 | } |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 | return TRUE; |
| 2960 | } |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 | int |
| 2963 | NAME(aout,sizeof_headers) (abfd, execable) |
| 2964 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2965 | bfd_boolean execable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 2966 | { |
| 2967 | return adata (abfd).exec_bytes_size; |
| 2968 | } |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | /* Free all information we have cached for this BFD. We can always |
| 2971 | read it again later if we need it. */ |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 | bfd_boolean |
| 2974 | NAME(aout,bfd_free_cached_info) (abfd) |
| 2975 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2976 | { |
| 2977 | asection *o; |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object |
| 2980 | || abfd->tdata.aout_data == NULL) |
| 2981 | return TRUE; |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | #define BFCI_FREE(x) if (x != NULL) { free (x); x = NULL; } |
| 2984 | BFCI_FREE (obj_aout_symbols (abfd)); |
| 2985 | #ifdef USE_MMAP |
| 2986 | obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) = 0; |
| 2987 | bfd_free_window (&obj_aout_sym_window (abfd)); |
| 2988 | bfd_free_window (&obj_aout_string_window (abfd)); |
| 2989 | obj_aout_external_strings (abfd) = 0; |
| 2990 | #else |
| 2991 | BFCI_FREE (obj_aout_external_syms (abfd)); |
| 2992 | BFCI_FREE (obj_aout_external_strings (abfd)); |
| 2993 | #endif |
| 2994 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next) |
| 2995 | BFCI_FREE (o->relocation); |
| 2996 | #undef BFCI_FREE |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 | return TRUE; |
| 2999 | } |
| 3000 | \f |
| 3001 | /* a.out link code. */ |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 | static bfd_boolean aout_link_add_object_symbols |
| 3004 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); |
| 3005 | static bfd_boolean aout_link_check_archive_element |
| 3006 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_boolean *)); |
| 3007 | static bfd_boolean aout_link_free_symbols |
| 3008 | PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 3009 | static bfd_boolean aout_link_check_ar_symbols |
| 3010 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_boolean *pneeded)); |
| 3011 | static bfd_boolean aout_link_add_symbols |
| 3012 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 | /* Routine to create an entry in an a.out link hash table. */ |
| 3015 | |
| 3016 | struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| 3017 | NAME(aout,link_hash_newfunc) (entry, table, string) |
| 3018 | struct bfd_hash_entry *entry; |
| 3019 | struct bfd_hash_table *table; |
| 3020 | const char *string; |
| 3021 | { |
| 3022 | struct aout_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| 3025 | subclass. */ |
| 3026 | if (ret == (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
| 3027 | ret = ((struct aout_link_hash_entry *) |
| 3028 | bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct aout_link_hash_entry))); |
| 3029 | if (ret == (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
| 3030 | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| 3033 | ret = ((struct aout_link_hash_entry *) |
| 3034 | _bfd_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, |
| 3035 | table, string)); |
| 3036 | if (ret) |
| 3037 | { |
| 3038 | /* Set local fields. */ |
| 3039 | ret->written = FALSE; |
| 3040 | ret->indx = -1; |
| 3041 | } |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; |
| 3044 | } |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | /* Initialize an a.out link hash table. */ |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 | bfd_boolean |
| 3049 | NAME(aout,link_hash_table_init) (table, abfd, newfunc) |
| 3050 | struct aout_link_hash_table *table; |
| 3051 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3052 | struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) |
| 3053 | PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, |
| 3054 | const char *)); |
| 3055 | { |
| 3056 | return _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc); |
| 3057 | } |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | /* Create an a.out link hash table. */ |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
| 3062 | NAME(aout,link_hash_table_create) (abfd) |
| 3063 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3064 | { |
| 3065 | struct aout_link_hash_table *ret; |
| 3066 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct aout_link_hash_table); |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | ret = (struct aout_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt); |
| 3069 | if (ret == NULL) |
| 3070 | return (struct bfd_link_hash_table *) NULL; |
| 3071 | |
| 3072 | if (! NAME(aout,link_hash_table_init) (ret, abfd, |
| 3073 | NAME(aout,link_hash_newfunc))) |
| 3074 | { |
| 3075 | free (ret); |
| 3076 | return (struct bfd_link_hash_table *) NULL; |
| 3077 | } |
| 3078 | return &ret->root; |
| 3079 | } |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 | /* Given an a.out BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as |
| 3082 | appropriate. */ |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | bfd_boolean |
| 3085 | NAME(aout,link_add_symbols) (abfd, info) |
| 3086 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3087 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 3088 | { |
| 3089 | switch (bfd_get_format (abfd)) |
| 3090 | { |
| 3091 | case bfd_object: |
| 3092 | return aout_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info); |
| 3093 | case bfd_archive: |
| 3094 | return _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols |
| 3095 | (abfd, info, aout_link_check_archive_element); |
| 3096 | default: |
| 3097 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 3098 | return FALSE; |
| 3099 | } |
| 3100 | } |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | /* Add symbols from an a.out object file. */ |
| 3103 | |
| 3104 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3105 | aout_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info) |
| 3106 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3107 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 3108 | { |
| 3109 | if (! aout_get_external_symbols (abfd)) |
| 3110 | return FALSE; |
| 3111 | if (! aout_link_add_symbols (abfd, info)) |
| 3112 | return FALSE; |
| 3113 | if (! info->keep_memory) |
| 3114 | { |
| 3115 | if (! aout_link_free_symbols (abfd)) |
| 3116 | return FALSE; |
| 3117 | } |
| 3118 | return TRUE; |
| 3119 | } |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 | /* Check a single archive element to see if we need to include it in |
| 3122 | the link. *PNEEDED is set according to whether this element is |
| 3123 | needed in the link or not. This is called from |
| 3124 | _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols. */ |
| 3125 | |
| 3126 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3127 | aout_link_check_archive_element (abfd, info, pneeded) |
| 3128 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3129 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 3130 | bfd_boolean *pneeded; |
| 3131 | { |
| 3132 | if (! aout_get_external_symbols (abfd)) |
| 3133 | return FALSE; |
| 3134 | |
| 3135 | if (! aout_link_check_ar_symbols (abfd, info, pneeded)) |
| 3136 | return FALSE; |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | if (*pneeded) |
| 3139 | { |
| 3140 | if (! aout_link_add_symbols (abfd, info)) |
| 3141 | return FALSE; |
| 3142 | } |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 | if (! info->keep_memory || ! *pneeded) |
| 3145 | { |
| 3146 | if (! aout_link_free_symbols (abfd)) |
| 3147 | return FALSE; |
| 3148 | } |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | return TRUE; |
| 3151 | } |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | /* Free up the internal symbols read from an a.out file. */ |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3156 | aout_link_free_symbols (abfd) |
| 3157 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3158 | { |
| 3159 | if (obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) != (struct external_nlist *) NULL) |
| 3160 | { |
| 3161 | #ifdef USE_MMAP |
| 3162 | bfd_free_window (&obj_aout_sym_window (abfd)); |
| 3163 | #else |
| 3164 | free ((PTR) obj_aout_external_syms (abfd)); |
| 3165 | #endif |
| 3166 | obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) = (struct external_nlist *) NULL; |
| 3167 | } |
| 3168 | if (obj_aout_external_strings (abfd) != (char *) NULL) |
| 3169 | { |
| 3170 | #ifdef USE_MMAP |
| 3171 | bfd_free_window (&obj_aout_string_window (abfd)); |
| 3172 | #else |
| 3173 | free ((PTR) obj_aout_external_strings (abfd)); |
| 3174 | #endif |
| 3175 | obj_aout_external_strings (abfd) = (char *) NULL; |
| 3176 | } |
| 3177 | return TRUE; |
| 3178 | } |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | /* Look through the internal symbols to see if this object file should |
| 3181 | be included in the link. We should include this object file if it |
| 3182 | defines any symbols which are currently undefined. If this object |
| 3183 | file defines a common symbol, then we may adjust the size of the |
| 3184 | known symbol but we do not include the object file in the link |
| 3185 | (unless there is some other reason to include it). */ |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3188 | aout_link_check_ar_symbols (abfd, info, pneeded) |
| 3189 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3190 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 3191 | bfd_boolean *pneeded; |
| 3192 | { |
| 3193 | register struct external_nlist *p; |
| 3194 | struct external_nlist *pend; |
| 3195 | char *strings; |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 | *pneeded = FALSE; |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | /* Look through all the symbols. */ |
| 3200 | p = obj_aout_external_syms (abfd); |
| 3201 | pend = p + obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd); |
| 3202 | strings = obj_aout_external_strings (abfd); |
| 3203 | for (; p < pend; p++) |
| 3204 | { |
| 3205 | int type = H_GET_8 (abfd, p->e_type); |
| 3206 | const char *name; |
| 3207 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | /* Ignore symbols that are not externally visible. This is an |
| 3210 | optimization only, as we check the type more thoroughly |
| 3211 | below. */ |
| 3212 | if (((type & N_EXT) == 0 |
| 3213 | || (type & N_STAB) != 0 |
| 3214 | || type == N_FN) |
| 3215 | && type != N_WEAKA |
| 3216 | && type != N_WEAKT |
| 3217 | && type != N_WEAKD |
| 3218 | && type != N_WEAKB) |
| 3219 | { |
| 3220 | if (type == N_WARNING |
| 3221 | || type == N_INDR) |
| 3222 | ++p; |
| 3223 | continue; |
| 3224 | } |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | name = strings + GET_WORD (abfd, p->e_strx); |
| 3227 | h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 | /* We are only interested in symbols that are currently |
| 3230 | undefined or common. */ |
| 3231 | if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL |
| 3232 | || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_undefined |
| 3233 | && h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)) |
| 3234 | { |
| 3235 | if (type == (N_INDR | N_EXT)) |
| 3236 | ++p; |
| 3237 | continue; |
| 3238 | } |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | if (type == (N_TEXT | N_EXT) |
| 3241 | || type == (N_DATA | N_EXT) |
| 3242 | || type == (N_BSS | N_EXT) |
| 3243 | || type == (N_ABS | N_EXT) |
| 3244 | || type == (N_INDR | N_EXT)) |
| 3245 | { |
| 3246 | /* This object file defines this symbol. We must link it |
| 3247 | in. This is true regardless of whether the current |
| 3248 | definition of the symbol is undefined or common. |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | If the current definition is common, we have a case in |
| 3251 | which we have already seen an object file including: |
| 3252 | int a; |
| 3253 | and this object file from the archive includes: |
| 3254 | int a = 5; |
| 3255 | In such a case, whether to include this object is target |
| 3256 | dependant for backward compatability. |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 | FIXME: The SunOS 4.1.3 linker will pull in the archive |
| 3259 | element if the symbol is defined in the .data section, |
| 3260 | but not if it is defined in the .text section. That |
| 3261 | seems a bit crazy to me, and it has not been implemented |
| 3262 | yet. However, it might be correct. */ |
| 3263 | if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_common) |
| 3264 | { |
| 3265 | int skip = 0; |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | switch (info->common_skip_ar_aymbols) |
| 3268 | { |
| 3269 | case bfd_link_common_skip_text: |
| 3270 | skip = (type == (N_TEXT | N_EXT)); |
| 3271 | break; |
| 3272 | case bfd_link_common_skip_data: |
| 3273 | skip = (type == (N_DATA | N_EXT)); |
| 3274 | break; |
| 3275 | default: |
| 3276 | case bfd_link_common_skip_all: |
| 3277 | skip = 1; |
| 3278 | break; |
| 3279 | } |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 | if (skip) |
| 3282 | continue; |
| 3283 | } |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 | if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, abfd, name)) |
| 3286 | return FALSE; |
| 3287 | *pneeded = TRUE; |
| 3288 | return TRUE; |
| 3289 | } |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 | if (type == (N_UNDF | N_EXT)) |
| 3292 | { |
| 3293 | bfd_vma value; |
| 3294 | |
| 3295 | value = GET_WORD (abfd, p->e_value); |
| 3296 | if (value != 0) |
| 3297 | { |
| 3298 | /* This symbol is common in the object from the archive |
| 3299 | file. */ |
| 3300 | if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) |
| 3301 | { |
| 3302 | bfd *symbfd; |
| 3303 | unsigned int power; |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 | symbfd = h->u.undef.abfd; |
| 3306 | if (symbfd == (bfd *) NULL) |
| 3307 | { |
| 3308 | /* This symbol was created as undefined from |
| 3309 | outside BFD. We assume that we should link |
| 3310 | in the object file. This is done for the -u |
| 3311 | option in the linker. */ |
| 3312 | if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, |
| 3313 | abfd, |
| 3314 | name)) |
| 3315 | return FALSE; |
| 3316 | *pneeded = TRUE; |
| 3317 | return TRUE; |
| 3318 | } |
| 3319 | /* Turn the current link symbol into a common |
| 3320 | symbol. It is already on the undefs list. */ |
| 3321 | h->type = bfd_link_hash_common; |
| 3322 | h->u.c.p = ((struct bfd_link_hash_common_entry *) |
| 3323 | bfd_hash_allocate (&info->hash->table, |
| 3324 | sizeof (struct bfd_link_hash_common_entry))); |
| 3325 | if (h->u.c.p == NULL) |
| 3326 | return FALSE; |
| 3327 | |
| 3328 | h->u.c.size = value; |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 | /* FIXME: This isn't quite right. The maximum |
| 3331 | alignment of a common symbol should be set by the |
| 3332 | architecture of the output file, not of the input |
| 3333 | file. */ |
| 3334 | power = bfd_log2 (value); |
| 3335 | if (power > bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)->section_align_power) |
| 3336 | power = bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)->section_align_power; |
| 3337 | h->u.c.p->alignment_power = power; |
| 3338 | |
| 3339 | h->u.c.p->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (symbfd, |
| 3340 | "COMMON"); |
| 3341 | } |
| 3342 | else |
| 3343 | { |
| 3344 | /* Adjust the size of the common symbol if |
| 3345 | necessary. */ |
| 3346 | if (value > h->u.c.size) |
| 3347 | h->u.c.size = value; |
| 3348 | } |
| 3349 | } |
| 3350 | } |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 | if (type == N_WEAKA |
| 3353 | || type == N_WEAKT |
| 3354 | || type == N_WEAKD |
| 3355 | || type == N_WEAKB) |
| 3356 | { |
| 3357 | /* This symbol is weak but defined. We must pull it in if |
| 3358 | the current link symbol is undefined, but we don't want |
| 3359 | it if the current link symbol is common. */ |
| 3360 | if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) |
| 3361 | { |
| 3362 | if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, abfd, name)) |
| 3363 | return FALSE; |
| 3364 | *pneeded = TRUE; |
| 3365 | return TRUE; |
| 3366 | } |
| 3367 | } |
| 3368 | } |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 | /* We do not need this object file. */ |
| 3371 | return TRUE; |
| 3372 | } |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | /* Add all symbols from an object file to the hash table. */ |
| 3375 | |
| 3376 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3377 | aout_link_add_symbols (abfd, info) |
| 3378 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3379 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 3380 | { |
| 3381 | bfd_boolean (*add_one_symbol) |
| 3382 | PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, const char *, flagword, asection *, |
| 3383 | bfd_vma, const char *, bfd_boolean, bfd_boolean, |
| 3384 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)); |
| 3385 | struct external_nlist *syms; |
| 3386 | bfd_size_type sym_count; |
| 3387 | char *strings; |
| 3388 | bfd_boolean copy; |
| 3389 | struct aout_link_hash_entry **sym_hash; |
| 3390 | register struct external_nlist *p; |
| 3391 | struct external_nlist *pend; |
| 3392 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 3393 | |
| 3394 | syms = obj_aout_external_syms (abfd); |
| 3395 | sym_count = obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd); |
| 3396 | strings = obj_aout_external_strings (abfd); |
| 3397 | if (info->keep_memory) |
| 3398 | copy = FALSE; |
| 3399 | else |
| 3400 | copy = TRUE; |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | if (aout_backend_info (abfd)->add_dynamic_symbols != NULL) |
| 3403 | { |
| 3404 | if (! ((*aout_backend_info (abfd)->add_dynamic_symbols) |
| 3405 | (abfd, info, &syms, &sym_count, &strings))) |
| 3406 | return FALSE; |
| 3407 | } |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 | /* We keep a list of the linker hash table entries that correspond |
| 3410 | to particular symbols. We could just look them up in the hash |
| 3411 | table, but keeping the list is more efficient. Perhaps this |
| 3412 | should be conditional on info->keep_memory. */ |
| 3413 | amt = sym_count * sizeof (struct aout_link_hash_entry *); |
| 3414 | sym_hash = (struct aout_link_hash_entry **) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3415 | if (sym_hash == NULL && sym_count != 0) |
| 3416 | return FALSE; |
| 3417 | obj_aout_sym_hashes (abfd) = sym_hash; |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 | add_one_symbol = aout_backend_info (abfd)->add_one_symbol; |
| 3420 | if (add_one_symbol == NULL) |
| 3421 | add_one_symbol = _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol; |
| 3422 | |
| 3423 | p = syms; |
| 3424 | pend = p + sym_count; |
| 3425 | for (; p < pend; p++, sym_hash++) |
| 3426 | { |
| 3427 | int type; |
| 3428 | const char *name; |
| 3429 | bfd_vma value; |
| 3430 | asection *section; |
| 3431 | flagword flags; |
| 3432 | const char *string; |
| 3433 | |
| 3434 | *sym_hash = NULL; |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | type = H_GET_8 (abfd, p->e_type); |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 | /* Ignore debugging symbols. */ |
| 3439 | if ((type & N_STAB) != 0) |
| 3440 | continue; |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 | name = strings + GET_WORD (abfd, p->e_strx); |
| 3443 | value = GET_WORD (abfd, p->e_value); |
| 3444 | flags = BSF_GLOBAL; |
| 3445 | string = NULL; |
| 3446 | switch (type) |
| 3447 | { |
| 3448 | default: |
| 3449 | abort (); |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 | case N_UNDF: |
| 3452 | case N_ABS: |
| 3453 | case N_TEXT: |
| 3454 | case N_DATA: |
| 3455 | case N_BSS: |
| 3456 | case N_FN_SEQ: |
| 3457 | case N_COMM: |
| 3458 | case N_SETV: |
| 3459 | case N_FN: |
| 3460 | /* Ignore symbols that are not externally visible. */ |
| 3461 | continue; |
| 3462 | case N_INDR: |
| 3463 | /* Ignore local indirect symbol. */ |
| 3464 | ++p; |
| 3465 | ++sym_hash; |
| 3466 | continue; |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 | case N_UNDF | N_EXT: |
| 3469 | if (value == 0) |
| 3470 | { |
| 3471 | section = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 3472 | flags = 0; |
| 3473 | } |
| 3474 | else |
| 3475 | section = bfd_com_section_ptr; |
| 3476 | break; |
| 3477 | case N_ABS | N_EXT: |
| 3478 | section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 3479 | break; |
| 3480 | case N_TEXT | N_EXT: |
| 3481 | section = obj_textsec (abfd); |
| 3482 | value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section); |
| 3483 | break; |
| 3484 | case N_DATA | N_EXT: |
| 3485 | case N_SETV | N_EXT: |
| 3486 | /* Treat N_SETV symbols as N_DATA symbol; see comment in |
| 3487 | translate_from_native_sym_flags. */ |
| 3488 | section = obj_datasec (abfd); |
| 3489 | value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section); |
| 3490 | break; |
| 3491 | case N_BSS | N_EXT: |
| 3492 | section = obj_bsssec (abfd); |
| 3493 | value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section); |
| 3494 | break; |
| 3495 | case N_INDR | N_EXT: |
| 3496 | /* An indirect symbol. The next symbol is the symbol |
| 3497 | which this one really is. */ |
| 3498 | BFD_ASSERT (p + 1 < pend); |
| 3499 | ++p; |
| 3500 | string = strings + GET_WORD (abfd, p->e_strx); |
| 3501 | section = bfd_ind_section_ptr; |
| 3502 | flags |= BSF_INDIRECT; |
| 3503 | break; |
| 3504 | case N_COMM | N_EXT: |
| 3505 | section = bfd_com_section_ptr; |
| 3506 | break; |
| 3507 | case N_SETA: case N_SETA | N_EXT: |
| 3508 | section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 3509 | flags |= BSF_CONSTRUCTOR; |
| 3510 | break; |
| 3511 | case N_SETT: case N_SETT | N_EXT: |
| 3512 | section = obj_textsec (abfd); |
| 3513 | flags |= BSF_CONSTRUCTOR; |
| 3514 | value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section); |
| 3515 | break; |
| 3516 | case N_SETD: case N_SETD | N_EXT: |
| 3517 | section = obj_datasec (abfd); |
| 3518 | flags |= BSF_CONSTRUCTOR; |
| 3519 | value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section); |
| 3520 | break; |
| 3521 | case N_SETB: case N_SETB | N_EXT: |
| 3522 | section = obj_bsssec (abfd); |
| 3523 | flags |= BSF_CONSTRUCTOR; |
| 3524 | value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section); |
| 3525 | break; |
| 3526 | case N_WARNING: |
| 3527 | /* A warning symbol. The next symbol is the one to warn |
| 3528 | about. */ |
| 3529 | BFD_ASSERT (p + 1 < pend); |
| 3530 | ++p; |
| 3531 | string = name; |
| 3532 | name = strings + GET_WORD (abfd, p->e_strx); |
| 3533 | section = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 3534 | flags |= BSF_WARNING; |
| 3535 | break; |
| 3536 | case N_WEAKU: |
| 3537 | section = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 3538 | flags = BSF_WEAK; |
| 3539 | break; |
| 3540 | case N_WEAKA: |
| 3541 | section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 3542 | flags = BSF_WEAK; |
| 3543 | break; |
| 3544 | case N_WEAKT: |
| 3545 | section = obj_textsec (abfd); |
| 3546 | value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section); |
| 3547 | flags = BSF_WEAK; |
| 3548 | break; |
| 3549 | case N_WEAKD: |
| 3550 | section = obj_datasec (abfd); |
| 3551 | value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section); |
| 3552 | flags = BSF_WEAK; |
| 3553 | break; |
| 3554 | case N_WEAKB: |
| 3555 | section = obj_bsssec (abfd); |
| 3556 | value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section); |
| 3557 | flags = BSF_WEAK; |
| 3558 | break; |
| 3559 | } |
| 3560 | |
| 3561 | if (! ((*add_one_symbol) |
| 3562 | (info, abfd, name, flags, section, value, string, copy, FALSE, |
| 3563 | (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) sym_hash))) |
| 3564 | return FALSE; |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 | /* Restrict the maximum alignment of a common symbol based on |
| 3567 | the architecture, since a.out has no way to represent |
| 3568 | alignment requirements of a section in a .o file. FIXME: |
| 3569 | This isn't quite right: it should use the architecture of the |
| 3570 | output file, not the input files. */ |
| 3571 | if ((*sym_hash)->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common |
| 3572 | && ((*sym_hash)->root.u.c.p->alignment_power > |
| 3573 | bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)->section_align_power)) |
| 3574 | (*sym_hash)->root.u.c.p->alignment_power = |
| 3575 | bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)->section_align_power; |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | /* If this is a set symbol, and we are not building sets, then |
| 3578 | it is possible for the hash entry to not have been set. In |
| 3579 | such a case, treat the symbol as not globally defined. */ |
| 3580 | if ((*sym_hash)->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) |
| 3581 | { |
| 3582 | BFD_ASSERT ((flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0); |
| 3583 | *sym_hash = NULL; |
| 3584 | } |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 | if (type == (N_INDR | N_EXT) || type == N_WARNING) |
| 3587 | ++sym_hash; |
| 3588 | } |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 | return TRUE; |
| 3591 | } |
| 3592 | \f |
| 3593 | /* A hash table used for header files with N_BINCL entries. */ |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 | struct aout_link_includes_table |
| 3596 | { |
| 3597 | struct bfd_hash_table root; |
| 3598 | }; |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 | /* A linked list of totals that we have found for a particular header |
| 3601 | file. */ |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 | struct aout_link_includes_totals |
| 3604 | { |
| 3605 | struct aout_link_includes_totals *next; |
| 3606 | bfd_vma total; |
| 3607 | }; |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 | /* An entry in the header file hash table. */ |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | struct aout_link_includes_entry |
| 3612 | { |
| 3613 | struct bfd_hash_entry root; |
| 3614 | /* List of totals we have found for this file. */ |
| 3615 | struct aout_link_includes_totals *totals; |
| 3616 | }; |
| 3617 | |
| 3618 | /* Look up an entry in an the header file hash table. */ |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | #define aout_link_includes_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \ |
| 3621 | ((struct aout_link_includes_entry *) \ |
| 3622 | bfd_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy))) |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | /* During the final link step we need to pass around a bunch of |
| 3625 | information, so we do it in an instance of this structure. */ |
| 3626 | |
| 3627 | struct aout_final_link_info |
| 3628 | { |
| 3629 | /* General link information. */ |
| 3630 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 3631 | /* Output bfd. */ |
| 3632 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 3633 | /* Reloc file positions. */ |
| 3634 | file_ptr treloff, dreloff; |
| 3635 | /* File position of symbols. */ |
| 3636 | file_ptr symoff; |
| 3637 | /* String table. */ |
| 3638 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab; |
| 3639 | /* Header file hash table. */ |
| 3640 | struct aout_link_includes_table includes; |
| 3641 | /* A buffer large enough to hold the contents of any section. */ |
| 3642 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 3643 | /* A buffer large enough to hold the relocs of any section. */ |
| 3644 | PTR relocs; |
| 3645 | /* A buffer large enough to hold the symbol map of any input BFD. */ |
| 3646 | int *symbol_map; |
| 3647 | /* A buffer large enough to hold output symbols of any input BFD. */ |
| 3648 | struct external_nlist *output_syms; |
| 3649 | }; |
| 3650 | |
| 3651 | static struct bfd_hash_entry *aout_link_includes_newfunc |
| 3652 | PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *)); |
| 3653 | static bfd_boolean aout_link_input_bfd |
| 3654 | PARAMS ((struct aout_final_link_info *, bfd *input_bfd)); |
| 3655 | static bfd_boolean aout_link_write_symbols |
| 3656 | PARAMS ((struct aout_final_link_info *, bfd *input_bfd)); |
| 3657 | static bfd_boolean aout_link_write_other_symbol |
| 3658 | PARAMS ((struct aout_link_hash_entry *, PTR)); |
| 3659 | static bfd_boolean aout_link_input_section |
| 3660 | PARAMS ((struct aout_final_link_info *, bfd *input_bfd, |
| 3661 | asection *input_section, file_ptr *reloff_ptr, |
| 3662 | bfd_size_type rel_size)); |
| 3663 | static bfd_boolean aout_link_input_section_std |
| 3664 | PARAMS ((struct aout_final_link_info *, bfd *input_bfd, |
| 3665 | asection *input_section, struct reloc_std_external *, |
| 3666 | bfd_size_type rel_size, bfd_byte *contents)); |
| 3667 | static bfd_boolean aout_link_input_section_ext |
| 3668 | PARAMS ((struct aout_final_link_info *, bfd *input_bfd, |
| 3669 | asection *input_section, struct reloc_ext_external *, |
| 3670 | bfd_size_type rel_size, bfd_byte *contents)); |
| 3671 | static INLINE asection *aout_reloc_index_to_section |
| 3672 | PARAMS ((bfd *, int)); |
| 3673 | static bfd_boolean aout_link_reloc_link_order |
| 3674 | PARAMS ((struct aout_final_link_info *, asection *, |
| 3675 | struct bfd_link_order *)); |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | /* The function to create a new entry in the header file hash table. */ |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 | static struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| 3680 | aout_link_includes_newfunc (entry, table, string) |
| 3681 | struct bfd_hash_entry *entry; |
| 3682 | struct bfd_hash_table *table; |
| 3683 | const char *string; |
| 3684 | { |
| 3685 | struct aout_link_includes_entry *ret = |
| 3686 | (struct aout_link_includes_entry *) entry; |
| 3687 | |
| 3688 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| 3689 | subclass. */ |
| 3690 | if (ret == (struct aout_link_includes_entry *) NULL) |
| 3691 | ret = ((struct aout_link_includes_entry *) |
| 3692 | bfd_hash_allocate (table, |
| 3693 | sizeof (struct aout_link_includes_entry))); |
| 3694 | if (ret == (struct aout_link_includes_entry *) NULL) |
| 3695 | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| 3698 | ret = ((struct aout_link_includes_entry *) |
| 3699 | bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string)); |
| 3700 | if (ret) |
| 3701 | { |
| 3702 | /* Set local fields. */ |
| 3703 | ret->totals = NULL; |
| 3704 | } |
| 3705 | |
| 3706 | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; |
| 3707 | } |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | /* Do the final link step. This is called on the output BFD. The |
| 3710 | INFO structure should point to a list of BFDs linked through the |
| 3711 | link_next field which can be used to find each BFD which takes part |
| 3712 | in the output. Also, each section in ABFD should point to a list |
| 3713 | of bfd_link_order structures which list all the input sections for |
| 3714 | the output section. */ |
| 3715 | |
| 3716 | bfd_boolean |
| 3717 | NAME(aout,final_link) (abfd, info, callback) |
| 3718 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3719 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 3720 | void (*callback) PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr *, file_ptr *, file_ptr *)); |
| 3721 | { |
| 3722 | struct aout_final_link_info aout_info; |
| 3723 | bfd_boolean includes_hash_initialized = FALSE; |
| 3724 | register bfd *sub; |
| 3725 | bfd_size_type trsize, drsize; |
| 3726 | bfd_size_type max_contents_size; |
| 3727 | bfd_size_type max_relocs_size; |
| 3728 | bfd_size_type max_sym_count; |
| 3729 | bfd_size_type text_size; |
| 3730 | file_ptr text_end; |
| 3731 | register struct bfd_link_order *p; |
| 3732 | asection *o; |
| 3733 | bfd_boolean have_link_order_relocs; |
| 3734 | |
| 3735 | if (info->shared) |
| 3736 | abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC; |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 | aout_info.info = info; |
| 3739 | aout_info.output_bfd = abfd; |
| 3740 | aout_info.contents = NULL; |
| 3741 | aout_info.relocs = NULL; |
| 3742 | aout_info.symbol_map = NULL; |
| 3743 | aout_info.output_syms = NULL; |
| 3744 | |
| 3745 | if (! bfd_hash_table_init_n (&aout_info.includes.root, |
| 3746 | aout_link_includes_newfunc, |
| 3747 | 251)) |
| 3748 | goto error_return; |
| 3749 | includes_hash_initialized = TRUE; |
| 3750 | |
| 3751 | /* Figure out the largest section size. Also, if generating |
| 3752 | relocatable output, count the relocs. */ |
| 3753 | trsize = 0; |
| 3754 | drsize = 0; |
| 3755 | max_contents_size = 0; |
| 3756 | max_relocs_size = 0; |
| 3757 | max_sym_count = 0; |
| 3758 | for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->link_next) |
| 3759 | { |
| 3760 | bfd_size_type sz; |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | if (info->relocatable) |
| 3763 | { |
| 3764 | if (bfd_get_flavour (sub) == bfd_target_aout_flavour) |
| 3765 | { |
| 3766 | trsize += exec_hdr (sub)->a_trsize; |
| 3767 | drsize += exec_hdr (sub)->a_drsize; |
| 3768 | } |
| 3769 | else |
| 3770 | { |
| 3771 | /* FIXME: We need to identify the .text and .data sections |
| 3772 | and call get_reloc_upper_bound and canonicalize_reloc to |
| 3773 | work out the number of relocs needed, and then multiply |
| 3774 | by the reloc size. */ |
| 3775 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3776 | (_("%s: relocatable link from %s to %s not supported"), |
| 3777 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), |
| 3778 | sub->xvec->name, abfd->xvec->name); |
| 3779 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 3780 | goto error_return; |
| 3781 | } |
| 3782 | } |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 | if (bfd_get_flavour (sub) == bfd_target_aout_flavour) |
| 3785 | { |
| 3786 | sz = bfd_section_size (sub, obj_textsec (sub)); |
| 3787 | if (sz > max_contents_size) |
| 3788 | max_contents_size = sz; |
| 3789 | sz = bfd_section_size (sub, obj_datasec (sub)); |
| 3790 | if (sz > max_contents_size) |
| 3791 | max_contents_size = sz; |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 | sz = exec_hdr (sub)->a_trsize; |
| 3794 | if (sz > max_relocs_size) |
| 3795 | max_relocs_size = sz; |
| 3796 | sz = exec_hdr (sub)->a_drsize; |
| 3797 | if (sz > max_relocs_size) |
| 3798 | max_relocs_size = sz; |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | sz = obj_aout_external_sym_count (sub); |
| 3801 | if (sz > max_sym_count) |
| 3802 | max_sym_count = sz; |
| 3803 | } |
| 3804 | } |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | if (info->relocatable) |
| 3807 | { |
| 3808 | if (obj_textsec (abfd) != (asection *) NULL) |
| 3809 | trsize += (_bfd_count_link_order_relocs (obj_textsec (abfd) |
| 3810 | ->link_order_head) |
| 3811 | * obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd)); |
| 3812 | if (obj_datasec (abfd) != (asection *) NULL) |
| 3813 | drsize += (_bfd_count_link_order_relocs (obj_datasec (abfd) |
| 3814 | ->link_order_head) |
| 3815 | * obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd)); |
| 3816 | } |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | exec_hdr (abfd)->a_trsize = trsize; |
| 3819 | exec_hdr (abfd)->a_drsize = drsize; |
| 3820 | |
| 3821 | exec_hdr (abfd)->a_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 | /* Adjust the section sizes and vmas according to the magic number. |
| 3824 | This sets a_text, a_data and a_bss in the exec_hdr and sets the |
| 3825 | filepos for each section. */ |
| 3826 | if (! NAME(aout,adjust_sizes_and_vmas) (abfd, &text_size, &text_end)) |
| 3827 | goto error_return; |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 | /* The relocation and symbol file positions differ among a.out |
| 3830 | targets. We are passed a callback routine from the backend |
| 3831 | specific code to handle this. |
| 3832 | FIXME: At this point we do not know how much space the symbol |
| 3833 | table will require. This will not work for any (nonstandard) |
| 3834 | a.out target that needs to know the symbol table size before it |
| 3835 | can compute the relocation file positions. This may or may not |
| 3836 | be the case for the hp300hpux target, for example. */ |
| 3837 | (*callback) (abfd, &aout_info.treloff, &aout_info.dreloff, |
| 3838 | &aout_info.symoff); |
| 3839 | obj_textsec (abfd)->rel_filepos = aout_info.treloff; |
| 3840 | obj_datasec (abfd)->rel_filepos = aout_info.dreloff; |
| 3841 | obj_sym_filepos (abfd) = aout_info.symoff; |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 | /* We keep a count of the symbols as we output them. */ |
| 3844 | obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd) = 0; |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | /* We accumulate the string table as we write out the symbols. */ |
| 3847 | aout_info.strtab = _bfd_stringtab_init (); |
| 3848 | if (aout_info.strtab == NULL) |
| 3849 | goto error_return; |
| 3850 | |
| 3851 | /* Allocate buffers to hold section contents and relocs. */ |
| 3852 | aout_info.contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size); |
| 3853 | aout_info.relocs = (PTR) bfd_malloc (max_relocs_size); |
| 3854 | aout_info.symbol_map = (int *) bfd_malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (int *)); |
| 3855 | aout_info.output_syms = ((struct external_nlist *) |
| 3856 | bfd_malloc ((max_sym_count + 1) |
| 3857 | * sizeof (struct external_nlist))); |
| 3858 | if ((aout_info.contents == NULL && max_contents_size != 0) |
| 3859 | || (aout_info.relocs == NULL && max_relocs_size != 0) |
| 3860 | || (aout_info.symbol_map == NULL && max_sym_count != 0) |
| 3861 | || aout_info.output_syms == NULL) |
| 3862 | goto error_return; |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 | /* If we have a symbol named __DYNAMIC, force it out now. This is |
| 3865 | required by SunOS. Doing this here rather than in sunos.c is a |
| 3866 | hack, but it's easier than exporting everything which would be |
| 3867 | needed. */ |
| 3868 | { |
| 3869 | struct aout_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | h = aout_link_hash_lookup (aout_hash_table (info), "__DYNAMIC", |
| 3872 | FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 3873 | if (h != NULL) |
| 3874 | aout_link_write_other_symbol (h, &aout_info); |
| 3875 | } |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 | /* The most time efficient way to do the link would be to read all |
| 3878 | the input object files into memory and then sort out the |
| 3879 | information into the output file. Unfortunately, that will |
| 3880 | probably use too much memory. Another method would be to step |
| 3881 | through everything that composes the text section and write it |
| 3882 | out, and then everything that composes the data section and write |
| 3883 | it out, and then write out the relocs, and then write out the |
| 3884 | symbols. Unfortunately, that requires reading stuff from each |
| 3885 | input file several times, and we will not be able to keep all the |
| 3886 | input files open simultaneously, and reopening them will be slow. |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | What we do is basically process one input file at a time. We do |
| 3889 | everything we need to do with an input file once--copy over the |
| 3890 | section contents, handle the relocation information, and write |
| 3891 | out the symbols--and then we throw away the information we read |
| 3892 | from it. This approach requires a lot of lseeks of the output |
| 3893 | file, which is unfortunate but still faster than reopening a lot |
| 3894 | of files. |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 | We use the output_has_begun field of the input BFDs to see |
| 3897 | whether we have already handled it. */ |
| 3898 | for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != (bfd *) NULL; sub = sub->link_next) |
| 3899 | sub->output_has_begun = FALSE; |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 | /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the link. This |
| 3902 | will normally be every section. We need to do this so that we |
| 3903 | can identify any sections which the linker has decided to not |
| 3904 | include. */ |
| 3905 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) |
| 3906 | { |
| 3907 | for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 3908 | if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order) |
| 3909 | p->u.indirect.section->linker_mark = TRUE; |
| 3910 | } |
| 3911 | |
| 3912 | have_link_order_relocs = FALSE; |
| 3913 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next) |
| 3914 | { |
| 3915 | for (p = o->link_order_head; |
| 3916 | p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL; |
| 3917 | p = p->next) |
| 3918 | { |
| 3919 | if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order |
| 3920 | && (bfd_get_flavour (p->u.indirect.section->owner) |
| 3921 | == bfd_target_aout_flavour)) |
| 3922 | { |
| 3923 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 3924 | |
| 3925 | input_bfd = p->u.indirect.section->owner; |
| 3926 | if (! input_bfd->output_has_begun) |
| 3927 | { |
| 3928 | if (! aout_link_input_bfd (&aout_info, input_bfd)) |
| 3929 | goto error_return; |
| 3930 | input_bfd->output_has_begun = TRUE; |
| 3931 | } |
| 3932 | } |
| 3933 | else if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order |
| 3934 | || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order) |
| 3935 | { |
| 3936 | /* These are handled below. */ |
| 3937 | have_link_order_relocs = TRUE; |
| 3938 | } |
| 3939 | else |
| 3940 | { |
| 3941 | if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd, info, o, p)) |
| 3942 | goto error_return; |
| 3943 | } |
| 3944 | } |
| 3945 | } |
| 3946 | |
| 3947 | /* Write out any symbols that we have not already written out. */ |
| 3948 | aout_link_hash_traverse (aout_hash_table (info), |
| 3949 | aout_link_write_other_symbol, |
| 3950 | (PTR) &aout_info); |
| 3951 | |
| 3952 | /* Now handle any relocs we were asked to create by the linker. |
| 3953 | These did not come from any input file. We must do these after |
| 3954 | we have written out all the symbols, so that we know the symbol |
| 3955 | indices to use. */ |
| 3956 | if (have_link_order_relocs) |
| 3957 | { |
| 3958 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next) |
| 3959 | { |
| 3960 | for (p = o->link_order_head; |
| 3961 | p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL; |
| 3962 | p = p->next) |
| 3963 | { |
| 3964 | if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order |
| 3965 | || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order) |
| 3966 | { |
| 3967 | if (! aout_link_reloc_link_order (&aout_info, o, p)) |
| 3968 | goto error_return; |
| 3969 | } |
| 3970 | } |
| 3971 | } |
| 3972 | } |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 | if (aout_info.contents != NULL) |
| 3975 | { |
| 3976 | free (aout_info.contents); |
| 3977 | aout_info.contents = NULL; |
| 3978 | } |
| 3979 | if (aout_info.relocs != NULL) |
| 3980 | { |
| 3981 | free (aout_info.relocs); |
| 3982 | aout_info.relocs = NULL; |
| 3983 | } |
| 3984 | if (aout_info.symbol_map != NULL) |
| 3985 | { |
| 3986 | free (aout_info.symbol_map); |
| 3987 | aout_info.symbol_map = NULL; |
| 3988 | } |
| 3989 | if (aout_info.output_syms != NULL) |
| 3990 | { |
| 3991 | free (aout_info.output_syms); |
| 3992 | aout_info.output_syms = NULL; |
| 3993 | } |
| 3994 | if (includes_hash_initialized) |
| 3995 | { |
| 3996 | bfd_hash_table_free (&aout_info.includes.root); |
| 3997 | includes_hash_initialized = FALSE; |
| 3998 | } |
| 3999 | |
| 4000 | /* Finish up any dynamic linking we may be doing. */ |
| 4001 | if (aout_backend_info (abfd)->finish_dynamic_link != NULL) |
| 4002 | { |
| 4003 | if (! (*aout_backend_info (abfd)->finish_dynamic_link) (abfd, info)) |
| 4004 | goto error_return; |
| 4005 | } |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 | /* Update the header information. */ |
| 4008 | abfd->symcount = obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd); |
| 4009 | exec_hdr (abfd)->a_syms = abfd->symcount * EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE; |
| 4010 | obj_str_filepos (abfd) = obj_sym_filepos (abfd) + exec_hdr (abfd)->a_syms; |
| 4011 | obj_textsec (abfd)->reloc_count = |
| 4012 | exec_hdr (abfd)->a_trsize / obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd); |
| 4013 | obj_datasec (abfd)->reloc_count = |
| 4014 | exec_hdr (abfd)->a_drsize / obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd); |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | /* Write out the string table, unless there are no symbols. */ |
| 4017 | if (abfd->symcount > 0) |
| 4018 | { |
| 4019 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, obj_str_filepos (abfd), SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 4020 | || ! emit_stringtab (abfd, aout_info.strtab)) |
| 4021 | goto error_return; |
| 4022 | } |
| 4023 | else if (obj_textsec (abfd)->reloc_count == 0 |
| 4024 | && obj_datasec (abfd)->reloc_count == 0) |
| 4025 | { |
| 4026 | bfd_byte b; |
| 4027 | file_ptr pos; |
| 4028 | |
| 4029 | b = 0; |
| 4030 | pos = obj_datasec (abfd)->filepos + exec_hdr (abfd)->a_data - 1; |
| 4031 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 4032 | || bfd_bwrite (&b, (bfd_size_type) 1, abfd) != 1) |
| 4033 | goto error_return; |
| 4034 | } |
| 4035 | |
| 4036 | return TRUE; |
| 4037 | |
| 4038 | error_return: |
| 4039 | if (aout_info.contents != NULL) |
| 4040 | free (aout_info.contents); |
| 4041 | if (aout_info.relocs != NULL) |
| 4042 | free (aout_info.relocs); |
| 4043 | if (aout_info.symbol_map != NULL) |
| 4044 | free (aout_info.symbol_map); |
| 4045 | if (aout_info.output_syms != NULL) |
| 4046 | free (aout_info.output_syms); |
| 4047 | if (includes_hash_initialized) |
| 4048 | bfd_hash_table_free (&aout_info.includes.root); |
| 4049 | return FALSE; |
| 4050 | } |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 | /* Link an a.out input BFD into the output file. */ |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4055 | aout_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd) |
| 4056 | struct aout_final_link_info *finfo; |
| 4057 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 4058 | { |
| 4059 | bfd_size_type sym_count; |
| 4060 | |
| 4061 | BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_format (input_bfd) == bfd_object); |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 | /* If this is a dynamic object, it may need special handling. */ |
| 4064 | if ((input_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 |
| 4065 | && aout_backend_info (input_bfd)->link_dynamic_object != NULL) |
| 4066 | { |
| 4067 | return ((*aout_backend_info (input_bfd)->link_dynamic_object) |
| 4068 | (finfo->info, input_bfd)); |
| 4069 | } |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 | /* Get the symbols. We probably have them already, unless |
| 4072 | finfo->info->keep_memory is FALSE. */ |
| 4073 | if (! aout_get_external_symbols (input_bfd)) |
| 4074 | return FALSE; |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 | sym_count = obj_aout_external_sym_count (input_bfd); |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 | /* Write out the symbols and get a map of the new indices. The map |
| 4079 | is placed into finfo->symbol_map. */ |
| 4080 | if (! aout_link_write_symbols (finfo, input_bfd)) |
| 4081 | return FALSE; |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 | /* Relocate and write out the sections. These functions use the |
| 4084 | symbol map created by aout_link_write_symbols. The linker_mark |
| 4085 | field will be set if these sections are to be included in the |
| 4086 | link, which will normally be the case. */ |
| 4087 | if (obj_textsec (input_bfd)->linker_mark) |
| 4088 | { |
| 4089 | if (! aout_link_input_section (finfo, input_bfd, |
| 4090 | obj_textsec (input_bfd), |
| 4091 | &finfo->treloff, |
| 4092 | exec_hdr (input_bfd)->a_trsize)) |
| 4093 | return FALSE; |
| 4094 | } |
| 4095 | if (obj_datasec (input_bfd)->linker_mark) |
| 4096 | { |
| 4097 | if (! aout_link_input_section (finfo, input_bfd, |
| 4098 | obj_datasec (input_bfd), |
| 4099 | &finfo->dreloff, |
| 4100 | exec_hdr (input_bfd)->a_drsize)) |
| 4101 | return FALSE; |
| 4102 | } |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 | /* If we are not keeping memory, we don't need the symbols any |
| 4105 | longer. We still need them if we are keeping memory, because the |
| 4106 | strings in the hash table point into them. */ |
| 4107 | if (! finfo->info->keep_memory) |
| 4108 | { |
| 4109 | if (! aout_link_free_symbols (input_bfd)) |
| 4110 | return FALSE; |
| 4111 | } |
| 4112 | |
| 4113 | return TRUE; |
| 4114 | } |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 | /* Adjust and write out the symbols for an a.out file. Set the new |
| 4117 | symbol indices into a symbol_map. */ |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4120 | aout_link_write_symbols (finfo, input_bfd) |
| 4121 | struct aout_final_link_info *finfo; |
| 4122 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 4123 | { |
| 4124 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 4125 | bfd_size_type sym_count; |
| 4126 | char *strings; |
| 4127 | enum bfd_link_strip strip; |
| 4128 | enum bfd_link_discard discard; |
| 4129 | struct external_nlist *outsym; |
| 4130 | bfd_size_type strtab_index; |
| 4131 | register struct external_nlist *sym; |
| 4132 | struct external_nlist *sym_end; |
| 4133 | struct aout_link_hash_entry **sym_hash; |
| 4134 | int *symbol_map; |
| 4135 | bfd_boolean pass; |
| 4136 | bfd_boolean skip_next; |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 | output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd; |
| 4139 | sym_count = obj_aout_external_sym_count (input_bfd); |
| 4140 | strings = obj_aout_external_strings (input_bfd); |
| 4141 | strip = finfo->info->strip; |
| 4142 | discard = finfo->info->discard; |
| 4143 | outsym = finfo->output_syms; |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 | /* First write out a symbol for this object file, unless we are |
| 4146 | discarding such symbols. */ |
| 4147 | if (strip != strip_all |
| 4148 | && (strip != strip_some |
| 4149 | || bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, input_bfd->filename, |
| 4150 | FALSE, FALSE) != NULL) |
| 4151 | && discard != discard_all) |
| 4152 | { |
| 4153 | H_PUT_8 (output_bfd, N_TEXT, outsym->e_type); |
| 4154 | H_PUT_8 (output_bfd, 0, outsym->e_other); |
| 4155 | H_PUT_16 (output_bfd, 0, outsym->e_desc); |
| 4156 | strtab_index = add_to_stringtab (output_bfd, finfo->strtab, |
| 4157 | input_bfd->filename, FALSE); |
| 4158 | if (strtab_index == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 4159 | return FALSE; |
| 4160 | PUT_WORD (output_bfd, strtab_index, outsym->e_strx); |
| 4161 | PUT_WORD (output_bfd, |
| 4162 | (bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, |
| 4163 | obj_textsec (input_bfd)->output_section) |
| 4164 | + obj_textsec (input_bfd)->output_offset), |
| 4165 | outsym->e_value); |
| 4166 | ++obj_aout_external_sym_count (output_bfd); |
| 4167 | ++outsym; |
| 4168 | } |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 | pass = FALSE; |
| 4171 | skip_next = FALSE; |
| 4172 | sym = obj_aout_external_syms (input_bfd); |
| 4173 | sym_end = sym + sym_count; |
| 4174 | sym_hash = obj_aout_sym_hashes (input_bfd); |
| 4175 | symbol_map = finfo->symbol_map; |
| 4176 | memset (symbol_map, 0, (size_t) sym_count * sizeof *symbol_map); |
| 4177 | for (; sym < sym_end; sym++, sym_hash++, symbol_map++) |
| 4178 | { |
| 4179 | const char *name; |
| 4180 | int type; |
| 4181 | struct aout_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4182 | bfd_boolean skip; |
| 4183 | asection *symsec; |
| 4184 | bfd_vma val = 0; |
| 4185 | bfd_boolean copy; |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | /* We set *symbol_map to 0 above for all symbols. If it has |
| 4188 | already been set to -1 for this symbol, it means that we are |
| 4189 | discarding it because it appears in a duplicate header file. |
| 4190 | See the N_BINCL code below. */ |
| 4191 | if (*symbol_map == -1) |
| 4192 | continue; |
| 4193 | |
| 4194 | /* Initialize *symbol_map to -1, which means that the symbol was |
| 4195 | not copied into the output file. We will change it later if |
| 4196 | we do copy the symbol over. */ |
| 4197 | *symbol_map = -1; |
| 4198 | |
| 4199 | type = H_GET_8 (input_bfd, sym->e_type); |
| 4200 | name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd, sym->e_strx); |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 | h = NULL; |
| 4203 | |
| 4204 | if (pass) |
| 4205 | { |
| 4206 | /* Pass this symbol through. It is the target of an |
| 4207 | indirect or warning symbol. */ |
| 4208 | val = GET_WORD (input_bfd, sym->e_value); |
| 4209 | pass = FALSE; |
| 4210 | } |
| 4211 | else if (skip_next) |
| 4212 | { |
| 4213 | /* Skip this symbol, which is the target of an indirect |
| 4214 | symbol that we have changed to no longer be an indirect |
| 4215 | symbol. */ |
| 4216 | skip_next = FALSE; |
| 4217 | continue; |
| 4218 | } |
| 4219 | else |
| 4220 | { |
| 4221 | struct aout_link_hash_entry *hresolve; |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 | /* We have saved the hash table entry for this symbol, if |
| 4224 | there is one. Note that we could just look it up again |
| 4225 | in the hash table, provided we first check that it is an |
| 4226 | external symbol. */ |
| 4227 | h = *sym_hash; |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | /* Use the name from the hash table, in case the symbol was |
| 4230 | wrapped. */ |
| 4231 | if (h != NULL |
| 4232 | && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 4233 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 | /* If this is an indirect or warning symbol, then change |
| 4236 | hresolve to the base symbol. We also change *sym_hash so |
| 4237 | that the relocation routines relocate against the real |
| 4238 | symbol. */ |
| 4239 | hresolve = h; |
| 4240 | if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL |
| 4241 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 4242 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)) |
| 4243 | { |
| 4244 | hresolve = (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 4245 | while (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 4246 | || hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 4247 | hresolve = ((struct aout_link_hash_entry *) |
| 4248 | hresolve->root.u.i.link); |
| 4249 | *sym_hash = hresolve; |
| 4250 | } |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 | /* If the symbol has already been written out, skip it. */ |
| 4253 | if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL |
| 4254 | && h->written) |
| 4255 | { |
| 4256 | if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_INDR |
| 4257 | || type == N_WARNING) |
| 4258 | skip_next = TRUE; |
| 4259 | *symbol_map = h->indx; |
| 4260 | continue; |
| 4261 | } |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 | /* See if we are stripping this symbol. */ |
| 4264 | skip = FALSE; |
| 4265 | switch (strip) |
| 4266 | { |
| 4267 | case strip_none: |
| 4268 | break; |
| 4269 | case strip_debugger: |
| 4270 | if ((type & N_STAB) != 0) |
| 4271 | skip = TRUE; |
| 4272 | break; |
| 4273 | case strip_some: |
| 4274 | if (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, name, FALSE, FALSE) |
| 4275 | == NULL) |
| 4276 | skip = TRUE; |
| 4277 | break; |
| 4278 | case strip_all: |
| 4279 | skip = TRUE; |
| 4280 | break; |
| 4281 | } |
| 4282 | if (skip) |
| 4283 | { |
| 4284 | if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
| 4285 | h->written = TRUE; |
| 4286 | continue; |
| 4287 | } |
| 4288 | |
| 4289 | /* Get the value of the symbol. */ |
| 4290 | if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_TEXT |
| 4291 | || type == N_WEAKT) |
| 4292 | symsec = obj_textsec (input_bfd); |
| 4293 | else if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_DATA |
| 4294 | || type == N_WEAKD) |
| 4295 | symsec = obj_datasec (input_bfd); |
| 4296 | else if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_BSS |
| 4297 | || type == N_WEAKB) |
| 4298 | symsec = obj_bsssec (input_bfd); |
| 4299 | else if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_ABS |
| 4300 | || type == N_WEAKA) |
| 4301 | symsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 4302 | else if (((type & N_TYPE) == N_INDR |
| 4303 | && (hresolve == (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL |
| 4304 | || (hresolve->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4305 | && hresolve->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 4306 | && hresolve->root.type != bfd_link_hash_common))) |
| 4307 | || type == N_WARNING) |
| 4308 | { |
| 4309 | /* Pass the next symbol through unchanged. The |
| 4310 | condition above for indirect symbols is so that if |
| 4311 | the indirect symbol was defined, we output it with |
| 4312 | the correct definition so the debugger will |
| 4313 | understand it. */ |
| 4314 | pass = TRUE; |
| 4315 | val = GET_WORD (input_bfd, sym->e_value); |
| 4316 | symsec = NULL; |
| 4317 | } |
| 4318 | else if ((type & N_STAB) != 0) |
| 4319 | { |
| 4320 | val = GET_WORD (input_bfd, sym->e_value); |
| 4321 | symsec = NULL; |
| 4322 | } |
| 4323 | else |
| 4324 | { |
| 4325 | /* If we get here with an indirect symbol, it means that |
| 4326 | we are outputting it with a real definition. In such |
| 4327 | a case we do not want to output the next symbol, |
| 4328 | which is the target of the indirection. */ |
| 4329 | if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_INDR) |
| 4330 | skip_next = TRUE; |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | symsec = NULL; |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | /* We need to get the value from the hash table. We use |
| 4335 | hresolve so that if we have defined an indirect |
| 4336 | symbol we output the final definition. */ |
| 4337 | if (h == (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
| 4338 | { |
| 4339 | switch (type & N_TYPE) |
| 4340 | { |
| 4341 | case N_SETT: |
| 4342 | symsec = obj_textsec (input_bfd); |
| 4343 | break; |
| 4344 | case N_SETD: |
| 4345 | symsec = obj_datasec (input_bfd); |
| 4346 | break; |
| 4347 | case N_SETB: |
| 4348 | symsec = obj_bsssec (input_bfd); |
| 4349 | break; |
| 4350 | case N_SETA: |
| 4351 | symsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 4352 | break; |
| 4353 | default: |
| 4354 | val = 0; |
| 4355 | break; |
| 4356 | } |
| 4357 | } |
| 4358 | else if (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4359 | || hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 4360 | { |
| 4361 | asection *input_section; |
| 4362 | asection *output_section; |
| 4363 | |
| 4364 | /* This case usually means a common symbol which was |
| 4365 | turned into a defined symbol. */ |
| 4366 | input_section = hresolve->root.u.def.section; |
| 4367 | output_section = input_section->output_section; |
| 4368 | BFD_ASSERT (bfd_is_abs_section (output_section) |
| 4369 | || output_section->owner == output_bfd); |
| 4370 | val = (hresolve->root.u.def.value |
| 4371 | + bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, output_section) |
| 4372 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 | /* Get the correct type based on the section. If |
| 4375 | this is a constructed set, force it to be |
| 4376 | globally visible. */ |
| 4377 | if (type == N_SETT |
| 4378 | || type == N_SETD |
| 4379 | || type == N_SETB |
| 4380 | || type == N_SETA) |
| 4381 | type |= N_EXT; |
| 4382 | |
| 4383 | type &=~ N_TYPE; |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 | if (output_section == obj_textsec (output_bfd)) |
| 4386 | type |= (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4387 | ? N_TEXT |
| 4388 | : N_WEAKT); |
| 4389 | else if (output_section == obj_datasec (output_bfd)) |
| 4390 | type |= (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4391 | ? N_DATA |
| 4392 | : N_WEAKD); |
| 4393 | else if (output_section == obj_bsssec (output_bfd)) |
| 4394 | type |= (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4395 | ? N_BSS |
| 4396 | : N_WEAKB); |
| 4397 | else |
| 4398 | type |= (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4399 | ? N_ABS |
| 4400 | : N_WEAKA); |
| 4401 | } |
| 4402 | else if (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common) |
| 4403 | val = hresolve->root.u.c.size; |
| 4404 | else if (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 4405 | { |
| 4406 | val = 0; |
| 4407 | type = N_WEAKU; |
| 4408 | } |
| 4409 | else |
| 4410 | val = 0; |
| 4411 | } |
| 4412 | if (symsec != (asection *) NULL) |
| 4413 | val = (symsec->output_section->vma |
| 4414 | + symsec->output_offset |
| 4415 | + (GET_WORD (input_bfd, sym->e_value) |
| 4416 | - symsec->vma)); |
| 4417 | |
| 4418 | /* If this is a global symbol set the written flag, and if |
| 4419 | it is a local symbol see if we should discard it. */ |
| 4420 | if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
| 4421 | { |
| 4422 | h->written = TRUE; |
| 4423 | h->indx = obj_aout_external_sym_count (output_bfd); |
| 4424 | } |
| 4425 | else if ((type & N_TYPE) != N_SETT |
| 4426 | && (type & N_TYPE) != N_SETD |
| 4427 | && (type & N_TYPE) != N_SETB |
| 4428 | && (type & N_TYPE) != N_SETA) |
| 4429 | { |
| 4430 | switch (discard) |
| 4431 | { |
| 4432 | case discard_none: |
| 4433 | case discard_sec_merge: |
| 4434 | break; |
| 4435 | case discard_l: |
| 4436 | if ((type & N_STAB) == 0 |
| 4437 | && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd, name)) |
| 4438 | skip = TRUE; |
| 4439 | break; |
| 4440 | case discard_all: |
| 4441 | skip = TRUE; |
| 4442 | break; |
| 4443 | } |
| 4444 | if (skip) |
| 4445 | { |
| 4446 | pass = FALSE; |
| 4447 | continue; |
| 4448 | } |
| 4449 | } |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | /* An N_BINCL symbol indicates the start of the stabs |
| 4452 | entries for a header file. We need to scan ahead to the |
| 4453 | next N_EINCL symbol, ignoring nesting, adding up all the |
| 4454 | characters in the symbol names, not including the file |
| 4455 | numbers in types (the first number after an open |
| 4456 | parenthesis). */ |
| 4457 | if (type == (int) N_BINCL) |
| 4458 | { |
| 4459 | struct external_nlist *incl_sym; |
| 4460 | int nest; |
| 4461 | struct aout_link_includes_entry *incl_entry; |
| 4462 | struct aout_link_includes_totals *t; |
| 4463 | |
| 4464 | val = 0; |
| 4465 | nest = 0; |
| 4466 | for (incl_sym = sym + 1; incl_sym < sym_end; incl_sym++) |
| 4467 | { |
| 4468 | int incl_type; |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | incl_type = H_GET_8 (input_bfd, incl_sym->e_type); |
| 4471 | if (incl_type == (int) N_EINCL) |
| 4472 | { |
| 4473 | if (nest == 0) |
| 4474 | break; |
| 4475 | --nest; |
| 4476 | } |
| 4477 | else if (incl_type == (int) N_BINCL) |
| 4478 | ++nest; |
| 4479 | else if (nest == 0) |
| 4480 | { |
| 4481 | const char *s; |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 | s = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd, incl_sym->e_strx); |
| 4484 | for (; *s != '\0'; s++) |
| 4485 | { |
| 4486 | val += *s; |
| 4487 | if (*s == '(') |
| 4488 | { |
| 4489 | /* Skip the file number. */ |
| 4490 | ++s; |
| 4491 | while (ISDIGIT (*s)) |
| 4492 | ++s; |
| 4493 | --s; |
| 4494 | } |
| 4495 | } |
| 4496 | } |
| 4497 | } |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 | /* If we have already included a header file with the |
| 4500 | same value, then replace this one with an N_EXCL |
| 4501 | symbol. */ |
| 4502 | copy = (bfd_boolean) (! finfo->info->keep_memory); |
| 4503 | incl_entry = aout_link_includes_lookup (&finfo->includes, |
| 4504 | name, TRUE, copy); |
| 4505 | if (incl_entry == NULL) |
| 4506 | return FALSE; |
| 4507 | for (t = incl_entry->totals; t != NULL; t = t->next) |
| 4508 | if (t->total == val) |
| 4509 | break; |
| 4510 | if (t == NULL) |
| 4511 | { |
| 4512 | /* This is the first time we have seen this header |
| 4513 | file with this set of stabs strings. */ |
| 4514 | t = ((struct aout_link_includes_totals *) |
| 4515 | bfd_hash_allocate (&finfo->includes.root, |
| 4516 | sizeof *t)); |
| 4517 | if (t == NULL) |
| 4518 | return FALSE; |
| 4519 | t->total = val; |
| 4520 | t->next = incl_entry->totals; |
| 4521 | incl_entry->totals = t; |
| 4522 | } |
| 4523 | else |
| 4524 | { |
| 4525 | int *incl_map; |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 | /* This is a duplicate header file. We must change |
| 4528 | it to be an N_EXCL entry, and mark all the |
| 4529 | included symbols to prevent outputting them. */ |
| 4530 | type = (int) N_EXCL; |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | nest = 0; |
| 4533 | for (incl_sym = sym + 1, incl_map = symbol_map + 1; |
| 4534 | incl_sym < sym_end; |
| 4535 | incl_sym++, incl_map++) |
| 4536 | { |
| 4537 | int incl_type; |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 | incl_type = H_GET_8 (input_bfd, incl_sym->e_type); |
| 4540 | if (incl_type == (int) N_EINCL) |
| 4541 | { |
| 4542 | if (nest == 0) |
| 4543 | { |
| 4544 | *incl_map = -1; |
| 4545 | break; |
| 4546 | } |
| 4547 | --nest; |
| 4548 | } |
| 4549 | else if (incl_type == (int) N_BINCL) |
| 4550 | ++nest; |
| 4551 | else if (nest == 0) |
| 4552 | *incl_map = -1; |
| 4553 | } |
| 4554 | } |
| 4555 | } |
| 4556 | } |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 | /* Copy this symbol into the list of symbols we are going to |
| 4559 | write out. */ |
| 4560 | H_PUT_8 (output_bfd, type, outsym->e_type); |
| 4561 | H_PUT_8 (output_bfd, H_GET_8 (input_bfd, sym->e_other), outsym->e_other); |
| 4562 | H_PUT_16 (output_bfd, H_GET_16 (input_bfd, sym->e_desc), outsym->e_desc); |
| 4563 | copy = FALSE; |
| 4564 | if (! finfo->info->keep_memory) |
| 4565 | { |
| 4566 | /* name points into a string table which we are going to |
| 4567 | free. If there is a hash table entry, use that string. |
| 4568 | Otherwise, copy name into memory. */ |
| 4569 | if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
| 4570 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 4571 | else |
| 4572 | copy = TRUE; |
| 4573 | } |
| 4574 | strtab_index = add_to_stringtab (output_bfd, finfo->strtab, |
| 4575 | name, copy); |
| 4576 | if (strtab_index == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 4577 | return FALSE; |
| 4578 | PUT_WORD (output_bfd, strtab_index, outsym->e_strx); |
| 4579 | PUT_WORD (output_bfd, val, outsym->e_value); |
| 4580 | *symbol_map = obj_aout_external_sym_count (output_bfd); |
| 4581 | ++obj_aout_external_sym_count (output_bfd); |
| 4582 | ++outsym; |
| 4583 | } |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 | /* Write out the output symbols we have just constructed. */ |
| 4586 | if (outsym > finfo->output_syms) |
| 4587 | { |
| 4588 | bfd_size_type outsym_size; |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 | if (bfd_seek (output_bfd, finfo->symoff, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 4591 | return FALSE; |
| 4592 | outsym_size = outsym - finfo->output_syms; |
| 4593 | outsym_size *= EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE; |
| 4594 | if (bfd_bwrite ((PTR) finfo->output_syms, outsym_size, output_bfd) |
| 4595 | != outsym_size) |
| 4596 | return FALSE; |
| 4597 | finfo->symoff += outsym_size; |
| 4598 | } |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 | return TRUE; |
| 4601 | } |
| 4602 | |
| 4603 | /* Write out a symbol that was not associated with an a.out input |
| 4604 | object. */ |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4607 | aout_link_write_other_symbol (h, data) |
| 4608 | struct aout_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4609 | PTR data; |
| 4610 | { |
| 4611 | struct aout_final_link_info *finfo = (struct aout_final_link_info *) data; |
| 4612 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 4613 | int type; |
| 4614 | bfd_vma val; |
| 4615 | struct external_nlist outsym; |
| 4616 | bfd_size_type indx; |
| 4617 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 4620 | { |
| 4621 | h = (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 4622 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) |
| 4623 | return TRUE; |
| 4624 | } |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 | output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd; |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 | if (aout_backend_info (output_bfd)->write_dynamic_symbol != NULL) |
| 4629 | { |
| 4630 | if (! ((*aout_backend_info (output_bfd)->write_dynamic_symbol) |
| 4631 | (output_bfd, finfo->info, h))) |
| 4632 | { |
| 4633 | /* FIXME: No way to handle errors. */ |
| 4634 | abort (); |
| 4635 | } |
| 4636 | } |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 | if (h->written) |
| 4639 | return TRUE; |
| 4640 | |
| 4641 | h->written = TRUE; |
| 4642 | |
| 4643 | /* An indx of -2 means the symbol must be written. */ |
| 4644 | if (h->indx != -2 |
| 4645 | && (finfo->info->strip == strip_all |
| 4646 | || (finfo->info->strip == strip_some |
| 4647 | && bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, h->root.root.string, |
| 4648 | FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))) |
| 4649 | return TRUE; |
| 4650 | |
| 4651 | switch (h->root.type) |
| 4652 | { |
| 4653 | default: |
| 4654 | case bfd_link_hash_warning: |
| 4655 | abort (); |
| 4656 | /* Avoid variable not initialized warnings. */ |
| 4657 | return TRUE; |
| 4658 | case bfd_link_hash_new: |
| 4659 | /* This can happen for set symbols when sets are not being |
| 4660 | built. */ |
| 4661 | return TRUE; |
| 4662 | case bfd_link_hash_undefined: |
| 4663 | type = N_UNDF | N_EXT; |
| 4664 | val = 0; |
| 4665 | break; |
| 4666 | case bfd_link_hash_defined: |
| 4667 | case bfd_link_hash_defweak: |
| 4668 | { |
| 4669 | asection *sec; |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 | sec = h->root.u.def.section->output_section; |
| 4672 | BFD_ASSERT (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) |
| 4673 | || sec->owner == output_bfd); |
| 4674 | if (sec == obj_textsec (output_bfd)) |
| 4675 | type = h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined ? N_TEXT : N_WEAKT; |
| 4676 | else if (sec == obj_datasec (output_bfd)) |
| 4677 | type = h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined ? N_DATA : N_WEAKD; |
| 4678 | else if (sec == obj_bsssec (output_bfd)) |
| 4679 | type = h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined ? N_BSS : N_WEAKB; |
| 4680 | else |
| 4681 | type = h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined ? N_ABS : N_WEAKA; |
| 4682 | type |= N_EXT; |
| 4683 | val = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 4684 | + sec->vma |
| 4685 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 4686 | } |
| 4687 | break; |
| 4688 | case bfd_link_hash_common: |
| 4689 | type = N_UNDF | N_EXT; |
| 4690 | val = h->root.u.c.size; |
| 4691 | break; |
| 4692 | case bfd_link_hash_undefweak: |
| 4693 | type = N_WEAKU; |
| 4694 | val = 0; |
| 4695 | case bfd_link_hash_indirect: |
| 4696 | /* We ignore these symbols, since the indirected symbol is |
| 4697 | already in the hash table. */ |
| 4698 | return TRUE; |
| 4699 | } |
| 4700 | |
| 4701 | H_PUT_8 (output_bfd, type, outsym.e_type); |
| 4702 | H_PUT_8 (output_bfd, 0, outsym.e_other); |
| 4703 | H_PUT_16 (output_bfd, 0, outsym.e_desc); |
| 4704 | indx = add_to_stringtab (output_bfd, finfo->strtab, h->root.root.string, |
| 4705 | FALSE); |
| 4706 | if (indx == - (bfd_size_type) 1) |
| 4707 | { |
| 4708 | /* FIXME: No way to handle errors. */ |
| 4709 | abort (); |
| 4710 | } |
| 4711 | PUT_WORD (output_bfd, indx, outsym.e_strx); |
| 4712 | PUT_WORD (output_bfd, val, outsym.e_value); |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 | amt = EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE; |
| 4715 | if (bfd_seek (output_bfd, finfo->symoff, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 4716 | || bfd_bwrite ((PTR) &outsym, amt, output_bfd) != amt) |
| 4717 | { |
| 4718 | /* FIXME: No way to handle errors. */ |
| 4719 | abort (); |
| 4720 | } |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 | finfo->symoff += EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE; |
| 4723 | h->indx = obj_aout_external_sym_count (output_bfd); |
| 4724 | ++obj_aout_external_sym_count (output_bfd); |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 | return TRUE; |
| 4727 | } |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 | /* Link an a.out section into the output file. */ |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4732 | aout_link_input_section (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, reloff_ptr, |
| 4733 | rel_size) |
| 4734 | struct aout_final_link_info *finfo; |
| 4735 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 4736 | asection *input_section; |
| 4737 | file_ptr *reloff_ptr; |
| 4738 | bfd_size_type rel_size; |
| 4739 | { |
| 4740 | bfd_size_type input_size; |
| 4741 | PTR relocs; |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 | /* Get the section contents. */ |
| 4744 | input_size = bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section); |
| 4745 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, |
| 4746 | (PTR) finfo->contents, |
| 4747 | (file_ptr) 0, input_size)) |
| 4748 | return FALSE; |
| 4749 | |
| 4750 | /* Read in the relocs if we haven't already done it. */ |
| 4751 | if (aout_section_data (input_section) != NULL |
| 4752 | && aout_section_data (input_section)->relocs != NULL) |
| 4753 | relocs = aout_section_data (input_section)->relocs; |
| 4754 | else |
| 4755 | { |
| 4756 | relocs = finfo->relocs; |
| 4757 | if (rel_size > 0) |
| 4758 | { |
| 4759 | if (bfd_seek (input_bfd, input_section->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 4760 | || bfd_bread (relocs, rel_size, input_bfd) != rel_size) |
| 4761 | return FALSE; |
| 4762 | } |
| 4763 | } |
| 4764 | |
| 4765 | /* Relocate the section contents. */ |
| 4766 | if (obj_reloc_entry_size (input_bfd) == RELOC_STD_SIZE) |
| 4767 | { |
| 4768 | if (! aout_link_input_section_std (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 4769 | (struct reloc_std_external *) relocs, |
| 4770 | rel_size, finfo->contents)) |
| 4771 | return FALSE; |
| 4772 | } |
| 4773 | else |
| 4774 | { |
| 4775 | if (! aout_link_input_section_ext (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 4776 | (struct reloc_ext_external *) relocs, |
| 4777 | rel_size, finfo->contents)) |
| 4778 | return FALSE; |
| 4779 | } |
| 4780 | |
| 4781 | /* Write out the section contents. */ |
| 4782 | if (! bfd_set_section_contents (finfo->output_bfd, |
| 4783 | input_section->output_section, |
| 4784 | (PTR) finfo->contents, |
| 4785 | (file_ptr) input_section->output_offset, |
| 4786 | input_size)) |
| 4787 | return FALSE; |
| 4788 | |
| 4789 | /* If we are producing relocatable output, the relocs were |
| 4790 | modified, and we now write them out. */ |
| 4791 | if (finfo->info->relocatable && rel_size > 0) |
| 4792 | { |
| 4793 | if (bfd_seek (finfo->output_bfd, *reloff_ptr, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 4794 | return FALSE; |
| 4795 | if (bfd_bwrite (relocs, rel_size, finfo->output_bfd) != rel_size) |
| 4796 | return FALSE; |
| 4797 | *reloff_ptr += rel_size; |
| 4798 | |
| 4799 | /* Assert that the relocs have not run into the symbols, and |
| 4800 | that if these are the text relocs they have not run into the |
| 4801 | data relocs. */ |
| 4802 | BFD_ASSERT (*reloff_ptr <= obj_sym_filepos (finfo->output_bfd) |
| 4803 | && (reloff_ptr != &finfo->treloff |
| 4804 | || (*reloff_ptr |
| 4805 | <= obj_datasec (finfo->output_bfd)->rel_filepos))); |
| 4806 | } |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 | return TRUE; |
| 4809 | } |
| 4810 | |
| 4811 | /* Get the section corresponding to a reloc index. */ |
| 4812 | |
| 4813 | static INLINE asection * |
| 4814 | aout_reloc_index_to_section (abfd, indx) |
| 4815 | bfd *abfd; |
| 4816 | int indx; |
| 4817 | { |
| 4818 | switch (indx & N_TYPE) |
| 4819 | { |
| 4820 | case N_TEXT: |
| 4821 | return obj_textsec (abfd); |
| 4822 | case N_DATA: |
| 4823 | return obj_datasec (abfd); |
| 4824 | case N_BSS: |
| 4825 | return obj_bsssec (abfd); |
| 4826 | case N_ABS: |
| 4827 | case N_UNDF: |
| 4828 | return bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 4829 | default: |
| 4830 | abort (); |
| 4831 | } |
| 4832 | /*NOTREACHED*/ |
| 4833 | return NULL; |
| 4834 | } |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 | /* Relocate an a.out section using standard a.out relocs. */ |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4839 | aout_link_input_section_std (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, relocs, |
| 4840 | rel_size, contents) |
| 4841 | struct aout_final_link_info *finfo; |
| 4842 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 4843 | asection *input_section; |
| 4844 | struct reloc_std_external *relocs; |
| 4845 | bfd_size_type rel_size; |
| 4846 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 4847 | { |
| 4848 | bfd_boolean (*check_dynamic_reloc) |
| 4849 | PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, |
| 4850 | struct aout_link_hash_entry *, PTR, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *, |
| 4851 | bfd_vma *)); |
| 4852 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 4853 | bfd_boolean relocatable; |
| 4854 | struct external_nlist *syms; |
| 4855 | char *strings; |
| 4856 | struct aout_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 4857 | int *symbol_map; |
| 4858 | bfd_size_type reloc_count; |
| 4859 | register struct reloc_std_external *rel; |
| 4860 | struct reloc_std_external *rel_end; |
| 4861 | |
| 4862 | output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd; |
| 4863 | check_dynamic_reloc = aout_backend_info (output_bfd)->check_dynamic_reloc; |
| 4864 | |
| 4865 | BFD_ASSERT (obj_reloc_entry_size (input_bfd) == RELOC_STD_SIZE); |
| 4866 | BFD_ASSERT (input_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder |
| 4867 | == output_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder); |
| 4868 | |
| 4869 | relocatable = finfo->info->relocatable; |
| 4870 | syms = obj_aout_external_syms (input_bfd); |
| 4871 | strings = obj_aout_external_strings (input_bfd); |
| 4872 | sym_hashes = obj_aout_sym_hashes (input_bfd); |
| 4873 | symbol_map = finfo->symbol_map; |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | reloc_count = rel_size / RELOC_STD_SIZE; |
| 4876 | rel = relocs; |
| 4877 | rel_end = rel + reloc_count; |
| 4878 | for (; rel < rel_end; rel++) |
| 4879 | { |
| 4880 | bfd_vma r_addr; |
| 4881 | int r_index; |
| 4882 | int r_extern; |
| 4883 | int r_pcrel; |
| 4884 | int r_baserel = 0; |
| 4885 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 4886 | struct aout_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; |
| 4887 | bfd_vma relocation; |
| 4888 | bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 | r_addr = GET_SWORD (input_bfd, rel->r_address); |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | #ifdef MY_reloc_howto |
| 4893 | howto = MY_reloc_howto (input_bfd, rel, r_index, r_extern, r_pcrel); |
| 4894 | #else |
| 4895 | { |
| 4896 | int r_jmptable; |
| 4897 | int r_relative; |
| 4898 | int r_length; |
| 4899 | unsigned int howto_idx; |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 | if (bfd_header_big_endian (input_bfd)) |
| 4902 | { |
| 4903 | r_index = (((unsigned int) rel->r_index[0] << 16) |
| 4904 | | ((unsigned int) rel->r_index[1] << 8) |
| 4905 | | rel->r_index[2]); |
| 4906 | r_extern = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG)); |
| 4907 | r_pcrel = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG)); |
| 4908 | r_baserel = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG)); |
| 4909 | r_jmptable= (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG)); |
| 4910 | r_relative= (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG)); |
| 4911 | r_length = ((rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_BIG) |
| 4912 | >> RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG); |
| 4913 | } |
| 4914 | else |
| 4915 | { |
| 4916 | r_index = (((unsigned int) rel->r_index[2] << 16) |
| 4917 | | ((unsigned int) rel->r_index[1] << 8) |
| 4918 | | rel->r_index[0]); |
| 4919 | r_extern = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE)); |
| 4920 | r_pcrel = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE)); |
| 4921 | r_baserel = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] |
| 4922 | & RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE)); |
| 4923 | r_jmptable= (0 != (rel->r_type[0] |
| 4924 | & RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE)); |
| 4925 | r_relative= (0 != (rel->r_type[0] |
| 4926 | & RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE)); |
| 4927 | r_length = ((rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_LITTLE) |
| 4928 | >> RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE); |
| 4929 | } |
| 4930 | |
| 4931 | howto_idx = (r_length + 4 * r_pcrel + 8 * r_baserel |
| 4932 | + 16 * r_jmptable + 32 * r_relative); |
| 4933 | BFD_ASSERT (howto_idx < TABLE_SIZE (howto_table_std)); |
| 4934 | howto = howto_table_std + howto_idx; |
| 4935 | } |
| 4936 | #endif |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 | if (relocatable) |
| 4939 | { |
| 4940 | /* We are generating a relocatable output file, and must |
| 4941 | modify the reloc accordingly. */ |
| 4942 | if (r_extern) |
| 4943 | { |
| 4944 | /* If we know the symbol this relocation is against, |
| 4945 | convert it into a relocation against a section. This |
| 4946 | is what the native linker does. */ |
| 4947 | h = sym_hashes[r_index]; |
| 4948 | if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL |
| 4949 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4950 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) |
| 4951 | { |
| 4952 | asection *output_section; |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 | /* Change the r_extern value. */ |
| 4955 | if (bfd_header_big_endian (output_bfd)) |
| 4956 | rel->r_type[0] &=~ RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG; |
| 4957 | else |
| 4958 | rel->r_type[0] &=~ RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE; |
| 4959 | |
| 4960 | /* Compute a new r_index. */ |
| 4961 | output_section = h->root.u.def.section->output_section; |
| 4962 | if (output_section == obj_textsec (output_bfd)) |
| 4963 | r_index = N_TEXT; |
| 4964 | else if (output_section == obj_datasec (output_bfd)) |
| 4965 | r_index = N_DATA; |
| 4966 | else if (output_section == obj_bsssec (output_bfd)) |
| 4967 | r_index = N_BSS; |
| 4968 | else |
| 4969 | r_index = N_ABS; |
| 4970 | |
| 4971 | /* Add the symbol value and the section VMA to the |
| 4972 | addend stored in the contents. */ |
| 4973 | relocation = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 4974 | + output_section->vma |
| 4975 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 4976 | } |
| 4977 | else |
| 4978 | { |
| 4979 | /* We must change r_index according to the symbol |
| 4980 | map. */ |
| 4981 | r_index = symbol_map[r_index]; |
| 4982 | |
| 4983 | if (r_index == -1) |
| 4984 | { |
| 4985 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4986 | { |
| 4987 | /* We decided to strip this symbol, but it |
| 4988 | turns out that we can't. Note that we |
| 4989 | lose the other and desc information here. |
| 4990 | I don't think that will ever matter for a |
| 4991 | global symbol. */ |
| 4992 | if (h->indx < 0) |
| 4993 | { |
| 4994 | h->indx = -2; |
| 4995 | h->written = FALSE; |
| 4996 | if (! aout_link_write_other_symbol (h, |
| 4997 | (PTR) finfo)) |
| 4998 | return FALSE; |
| 4999 | } |
| 5000 | r_index = h->indx; |
| 5001 | } |
| 5002 | else |
| 5003 | { |
| 5004 | const char *name; |
| 5005 | |
| 5006 | name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd, |
| 5007 | syms[r_index].e_strx); |
| 5008 | if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->unattached_reloc) |
| 5009 | (finfo->info, name, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 5010 | r_addr))) |
| 5011 | return FALSE; |
| 5012 | r_index = 0; |
| 5013 | } |
| 5014 | } |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 | relocation = 0; |
| 5017 | } |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 | /* Write out the new r_index value. */ |
| 5020 | if (bfd_header_big_endian (output_bfd)) |
| 5021 | { |
| 5022 | rel->r_index[0] = r_index >> 16; |
| 5023 | rel->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8; |
| 5024 | rel->r_index[2] = r_index; |
| 5025 | } |
| 5026 | else |
| 5027 | { |
| 5028 | rel->r_index[2] = r_index >> 16; |
| 5029 | rel->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8; |
| 5030 | rel->r_index[0] = r_index; |
| 5031 | } |
| 5032 | } |
| 5033 | else |
| 5034 | { |
| 5035 | asection *section; |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 | /* This is a relocation against a section. We must |
| 5038 | adjust by the amount that the section moved. */ |
| 5039 | section = aout_reloc_index_to_section (input_bfd, r_index); |
| 5040 | relocation = (section->output_section->vma |
| 5041 | + section->output_offset |
| 5042 | - section->vma); |
| 5043 | } |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 | /* Change the address of the relocation. */ |
| 5046 | PUT_WORD (output_bfd, |
| 5047 | r_addr + input_section->output_offset, |
| 5048 | rel->r_address); |
| 5049 | |
| 5050 | /* Adjust a PC relative relocation by removing the reference |
| 5051 | to the original address in the section and including the |
| 5052 | reference to the new address. */ |
| 5053 | if (r_pcrel) |
| 5054 | relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 5055 | + input_section->output_offset |
| 5056 | - input_section->vma); |
| 5057 | |
| 5058 | #ifdef MY_relocatable_reloc |
| 5059 | MY_relocatable_reloc (howto, output_bfd, rel, relocation, r_addr); |
| 5060 | #endif |
| 5061 | |
| 5062 | if (relocation == 0) |
| 5063 | r = bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 5064 | else |
| 5065 | r = MY_relocate_contents (howto, |
| 5066 | input_bfd, relocation, |
| 5067 | contents + r_addr); |
| 5068 | } |
| 5069 | else |
| 5070 | { |
| 5071 | bfd_boolean hundef; |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 | /* We are generating an executable, and must do a full |
| 5074 | relocation. */ |
| 5075 | hundef = FALSE; |
| 5076 | |
| 5077 | if (r_extern) |
| 5078 | { |
| 5079 | h = sym_hashes[r_index]; |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 | if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL |
| 5082 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 5083 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) |
| 5084 | { |
| 5085 | relocation = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5086 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5087 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 5088 | } |
| 5089 | else if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL |
| 5090 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 5091 | relocation = 0; |
| 5092 | else |
| 5093 | { |
| 5094 | hundef = TRUE; |
| 5095 | relocation = 0; |
| 5096 | } |
| 5097 | } |
| 5098 | else |
| 5099 | { |
| 5100 | asection *section; |
| 5101 | |
| 5102 | section = aout_reloc_index_to_section (input_bfd, r_index); |
| 5103 | relocation = (section->output_section->vma |
| 5104 | + section->output_offset |
| 5105 | - section->vma); |
| 5106 | if (r_pcrel) |
| 5107 | relocation += input_section->vma; |
| 5108 | } |
| 5109 | |
| 5110 | if (check_dynamic_reloc != NULL) |
| 5111 | { |
| 5112 | bfd_boolean skip; |
| 5113 | |
| 5114 | if (! ((*check_dynamic_reloc) |
| 5115 | (finfo->info, input_bfd, input_section, h, |
| 5116 | (PTR) rel, contents, &skip, &relocation))) |
| 5117 | return FALSE; |
| 5118 | if (skip) |
| 5119 | continue; |
| 5120 | } |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 | /* Now warn if a global symbol is undefined. We could not |
| 5123 | do this earlier, because check_dynamic_reloc might want |
| 5124 | to skip this reloc. */ |
| 5125 | if (hundef && ! finfo->info->shared && ! r_baserel) |
| 5126 | { |
| 5127 | const char *name; |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 | if (h != NULL) |
| 5130 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 5131 | else |
| 5132 | name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd, syms[r_index].e_strx); |
| 5133 | if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) |
| 5134 | (finfo->info, name, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 5135 | r_addr, TRUE))) |
| 5136 | return FALSE; |
| 5137 | } |
| 5138 | |
| 5139 | r = MY_final_link_relocate (howto, |
| 5140 | input_bfd, input_section, |
| 5141 | contents, r_addr, relocation, |
| 5142 | (bfd_vma) 0); |
| 5143 | } |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) |
| 5146 | { |
| 5147 | switch (r) |
| 5148 | { |
| 5149 | default: |
| 5150 | case bfd_reloc_outofrange: |
| 5151 | abort (); |
| 5152 | case bfd_reloc_overflow: |
| 5153 | { |
| 5154 | const char *name; |
| 5155 | |
| 5156 | if (h != NULL) |
| 5157 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 5158 | else if (r_extern) |
| 5159 | name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd, |
| 5160 | syms[r_index].e_strx); |
| 5161 | else |
| 5162 | { |
| 5163 | asection *s; |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | s = aout_reloc_index_to_section (input_bfd, r_index); |
| 5166 | name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, s); |
| 5167 | } |
| 5168 | if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) |
| 5169 | (finfo->info, name, howto->name, |
| 5170 | (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, r_addr))) |
| 5171 | return FALSE; |
| 5172 | } |
| 5173 | break; |
| 5174 | } |
| 5175 | } |
| 5176 | } |
| 5177 | |
| 5178 | return TRUE; |
| 5179 | } |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | /* Relocate an a.out section using extended a.out relocs. */ |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5184 | aout_link_input_section_ext (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, relocs, |
| 5185 | rel_size, contents) |
| 5186 | struct aout_final_link_info *finfo; |
| 5187 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 5188 | asection *input_section; |
| 5189 | struct reloc_ext_external *relocs; |
| 5190 | bfd_size_type rel_size; |
| 5191 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 5192 | { |
| 5193 | bfd_boolean (*check_dynamic_reloc) |
| 5194 | PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, |
| 5195 | struct aout_link_hash_entry *, PTR, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *, |
| 5196 | bfd_vma *)); |
| 5197 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 5198 | bfd_boolean relocatable; |
| 5199 | struct external_nlist *syms; |
| 5200 | char *strings; |
| 5201 | struct aout_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 5202 | int *symbol_map; |
| 5203 | bfd_size_type reloc_count; |
| 5204 | register struct reloc_ext_external *rel; |
| 5205 | struct reloc_ext_external *rel_end; |
| 5206 | |
| 5207 | output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd; |
| 5208 | check_dynamic_reloc = aout_backend_info (output_bfd)->check_dynamic_reloc; |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 | BFD_ASSERT (obj_reloc_entry_size (input_bfd) == RELOC_EXT_SIZE); |
| 5211 | BFD_ASSERT (input_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder |
| 5212 | == output_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder); |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 | relocatable = finfo->info->relocatable; |
| 5215 | syms = obj_aout_external_syms (input_bfd); |
| 5216 | strings = obj_aout_external_strings (input_bfd); |
| 5217 | sym_hashes = obj_aout_sym_hashes (input_bfd); |
| 5218 | symbol_map = finfo->symbol_map; |
| 5219 | |
| 5220 | reloc_count = rel_size / RELOC_EXT_SIZE; |
| 5221 | rel = relocs; |
| 5222 | rel_end = rel + reloc_count; |
| 5223 | for (; rel < rel_end; rel++) |
| 5224 | { |
| 5225 | bfd_vma r_addr; |
| 5226 | int r_index; |
| 5227 | int r_extern; |
| 5228 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 5229 | bfd_vma r_addend; |
| 5230 | struct aout_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; |
| 5231 | asection *r_section = NULL; |
| 5232 | bfd_vma relocation; |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 | r_addr = GET_SWORD (input_bfd, rel->r_address); |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 | if (bfd_header_big_endian (input_bfd)) |
| 5237 | { |
| 5238 | r_index = (((unsigned int) rel->r_index[0] << 16) |
| 5239 | | ((unsigned int) rel->r_index[1] << 8) |
| 5240 | | rel->r_index[2]); |
| 5241 | r_extern = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG)); |
| 5242 | r_type = ((rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG) |
| 5243 | >> RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG); |
| 5244 | } |
| 5245 | else |
| 5246 | { |
| 5247 | r_index = (((unsigned int) rel->r_index[2] << 16) |
| 5248 | | ((unsigned int) rel->r_index[1] << 8) |
| 5249 | | rel->r_index[0]); |
| 5250 | r_extern = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE)); |
| 5251 | r_type = ((rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE) |
| 5252 | >> RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE); |
| 5253 | } |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 | r_addend = GET_SWORD (input_bfd, rel->r_addend); |
| 5256 | |
| 5257 | BFD_ASSERT (r_type < TABLE_SIZE (howto_table_ext)); |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | if (relocatable) |
| 5260 | { |
| 5261 | /* We are generating a relocatable output file, and must |
| 5262 | modify the reloc accordingly. */ |
| 5263 | if (r_extern |
| 5264 | || r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE10 |
| 5265 | || r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE13 |
| 5266 | || r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE22) |
| 5267 | { |
| 5268 | /* If we know the symbol this relocation is against, |
| 5269 | convert it into a relocation against a section. This |
| 5270 | is what the native linker does. */ |
| 5271 | if (r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE10 |
| 5272 | || r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE13 |
| 5273 | || r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE22) |
| 5274 | h = NULL; |
| 5275 | else |
| 5276 | h = sym_hashes[r_index]; |
| 5277 | if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL |
| 5278 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 5279 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) |
| 5280 | { |
| 5281 | asection *output_section; |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 | /* Change the r_extern value. */ |
| 5284 | if (bfd_header_big_endian (output_bfd)) |
| 5285 | rel->r_type[0] &=~ RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG; |
| 5286 | else |
| 5287 | rel->r_type[0] &=~ RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE; |
| 5288 | |
| 5289 | /* Compute a new r_index. */ |
| 5290 | output_section = h->root.u.def.section->output_section; |
| 5291 | if (output_section == obj_textsec (output_bfd)) |
| 5292 | r_index = N_TEXT; |
| 5293 | else if (output_section == obj_datasec (output_bfd)) |
| 5294 | r_index = N_DATA; |
| 5295 | else if (output_section == obj_bsssec (output_bfd)) |
| 5296 | r_index = N_BSS; |
| 5297 | else |
| 5298 | r_index = N_ABS; |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 | /* Add the symbol value and the section VMA to the |
| 5301 | addend. */ |
| 5302 | relocation = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5303 | + output_section->vma |
| 5304 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 5305 | |
| 5306 | /* Now RELOCATION is the VMA of the final |
| 5307 | destination. If this is a PC relative reloc, |
| 5308 | then ADDEND is the negative of the source VMA. |
| 5309 | We want to set ADDEND to the difference between |
| 5310 | the destination VMA and the source VMA, which |
| 5311 | means we must adjust RELOCATION by the change in |
| 5312 | the source VMA. This is done below. */ |
| 5313 | } |
| 5314 | else |
| 5315 | { |
| 5316 | /* We must change r_index according to the symbol |
| 5317 | map. */ |
| 5318 | r_index = symbol_map[r_index]; |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 | if (r_index == -1) |
| 5321 | { |
| 5322 | if (h != NULL) |
| 5323 | { |
| 5324 | /* We decided to strip this symbol, but it |
| 5325 | turns out that we can't. Note that we |
| 5326 | lose the other and desc information here. |
| 5327 | I don't think that will ever matter for a |
| 5328 | global symbol. */ |
| 5329 | if (h->indx < 0) |
| 5330 | { |
| 5331 | h->indx = -2; |
| 5332 | h->written = FALSE; |
| 5333 | if (! aout_link_write_other_symbol (h, |
| 5334 | (PTR) finfo)) |
| 5335 | return FALSE; |
| 5336 | } |
| 5337 | r_index = h->indx; |
| 5338 | } |
| 5339 | else |
| 5340 | { |
| 5341 | const char *name; |
| 5342 | |
| 5343 | name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd, |
| 5344 | syms[r_index].e_strx); |
| 5345 | if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->unattached_reloc) |
| 5346 | (finfo->info, name, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 5347 | r_addr))) |
| 5348 | return FALSE; |
| 5349 | r_index = 0; |
| 5350 | } |
| 5351 | } |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 | relocation = 0; |
| 5354 | |
| 5355 | /* If this is a PC relative reloc, then the addend |
| 5356 | is the negative of the source VMA. We must |
| 5357 | adjust it by the change in the source VMA. This |
| 5358 | is done below. */ |
| 5359 | } |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 | /* Write out the new r_index value. */ |
| 5362 | if (bfd_header_big_endian (output_bfd)) |
| 5363 | { |
| 5364 | rel->r_index[0] = r_index >> 16; |
| 5365 | rel->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8; |
| 5366 | rel->r_index[2] = r_index; |
| 5367 | } |
| 5368 | else |
| 5369 | { |
| 5370 | rel->r_index[2] = r_index >> 16; |
| 5371 | rel->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8; |
| 5372 | rel->r_index[0] = r_index; |
| 5373 | } |
| 5374 | } |
| 5375 | else |
| 5376 | { |
| 5377 | /* This is a relocation against a section. We must |
| 5378 | adjust by the amount that the section moved. */ |
| 5379 | r_section = aout_reloc_index_to_section (input_bfd, r_index); |
| 5380 | relocation = (r_section->output_section->vma |
| 5381 | + r_section->output_offset |
| 5382 | - r_section->vma); |
| 5383 | |
| 5384 | /* If this is a PC relative reloc, then the addend is |
| 5385 | the difference in VMA between the destination and the |
| 5386 | source. We have just adjusted for the change in VMA |
| 5387 | of the destination, so we must also adjust by the |
| 5388 | change in VMA of the source. This is done below. */ |
| 5389 | } |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 | /* As described above, we must always adjust a PC relative |
| 5392 | reloc by the change in VMA of the source. However, if |
| 5393 | pcrel_offset is set, then the addend does not include the |
| 5394 | location within the section, in which case we don't need |
| 5395 | to adjust anything. */ |
| 5396 | if (howto_table_ext[r_type].pc_relative |
| 5397 | && ! howto_table_ext[r_type].pcrel_offset) |
| 5398 | relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 5399 | + input_section->output_offset |
| 5400 | - input_section->vma); |
| 5401 | |
| 5402 | /* Change the addend if necessary. */ |
| 5403 | if (relocation != 0) |
| 5404 | PUT_WORD (output_bfd, r_addend + relocation, rel->r_addend); |
| 5405 | |
| 5406 | /* Change the address of the relocation. */ |
| 5407 | PUT_WORD (output_bfd, |
| 5408 | r_addr + input_section->output_offset, |
| 5409 | rel->r_address); |
| 5410 | } |
| 5411 | else |
| 5412 | { |
| 5413 | bfd_boolean hundef; |
| 5414 | bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
| 5415 | |
| 5416 | /* We are generating an executable, and must do a full |
| 5417 | relocation. */ |
| 5418 | hundef = FALSE; |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 | if (r_extern) |
| 5421 | { |
| 5422 | h = sym_hashes[r_index]; |
| 5423 | |
| 5424 | if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL |
| 5425 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 5426 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) |
| 5427 | { |
| 5428 | relocation = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5429 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5430 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 5431 | } |
| 5432 | else if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL |
| 5433 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 5434 | relocation = 0; |
| 5435 | else |
| 5436 | { |
| 5437 | hundef = TRUE; |
| 5438 | relocation = 0; |
| 5439 | } |
| 5440 | } |
| 5441 | else if (r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE10 |
| 5442 | || r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE13 |
| 5443 | || r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE22) |
| 5444 | { |
| 5445 | struct external_nlist *sym; |
| 5446 | int type; |
| 5447 | |
| 5448 | /* For base relative relocs, r_index is always an index |
| 5449 | into the symbol table, even if r_extern is 0. */ |
| 5450 | sym = syms + r_index; |
| 5451 | type = H_GET_8 (input_bfd, sym->e_type); |
| 5452 | if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_TEXT |
| 5453 | || type == N_WEAKT) |
| 5454 | r_section = obj_textsec (input_bfd); |
| 5455 | else if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_DATA |
| 5456 | || type == N_WEAKD) |
| 5457 | r_section = obj_datasec (input_bfd); |
| 5458 | else if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_BSS |
| 5459 | || type == N_WEAKB) |
| 5460 | r_section = obj_bsssec (input_bfd); |
| 5461 | else if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_ABS |
| 5462 | || type == N_WEAKA) |
| 5463 | r_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 5464 | else |
| 5465 | abort (); |
| 5466 | relocation = (r_section->output_section->vma |
| 5467 | + r_section->output_offset |
| 5468 | + (GET_WORD (input_bfd, sym->e_value) |
| 5469 | - r_section->vma)); |
| 5470 | } |
| 5471 | else |
| 5472 | { |
| 5473 | r_section = aout_reloc_index_to_section (input_bfd, r_index); |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 | /* If this is a PC relative reloc, then R_ADDEND is the |
| 5476 | difference between the two vmas, or |
| 5477 | old_dest_sec + old_dest_off - (old_src_sec + old_src_off) |
| 5478 | where |
| 5479 | old_dest_sec == section->vma |
| 5480 | and |
| 5481 | old_src_sec == input_section->vma |
| 5482 | and |
| 5483 | old_src_off == r_addr |
| 5484 | |
| 5485 | _bfd_final_link_relocate expects RELOCATION + |
| 5486 | R_ADDEND to be the VMA of the destination minus |
| 5487 | r_addr (the minus r_addr is because this relocation |
| 5488 | is not pcrel_offset, which is a bit confusing and |
| 5489 | should, perhaps, be changed), or |
| 5490 | new_dest_sec |
| 5491 | where |
| 5492 | new_dest_sec == output_section->vma + output_offset |
| 5493 | We arrange for this to happen by setting RELOCATION to |
| 5494 | new_dest_sec + old_src_sec - old_dest_sec |
| 5495 | |
| 5496 | If this is not a PC relative reloc, then R_ADDEND is |
| 5497 | simply the VMA of the destination, so we set |
| 5498 | RELOCATION to the change in the destination VMA, or |
| 5499 | new_dest_sec - old_dest_sec |
| 5500 | */ |
| 5501 | relocation = (r_section->output_section->vma |
| 5502 | + r_section->output_offset |
| 5503 | - r_section->vma); |
| 5504 | if (howto_table_ext[r_type].pc_relative) |
| 5505 | relocation += input_section->vma; |
| 5506 | } |
| 5507 | |
| 5508 | if (check_dynamic_reloc != NULL) |
| 5509 | { |
| 5510 | bfd_boolean skip; |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | if (! ((*check_dynamic_reloc) |
| 5513 | (finfo->info, input_bfd, input_section, h, |
| 5514 | (PTR) rel, contents, &skip, &relocation))) |
| 5515 | return FALSE; |
| 5516 | if (skip) |
| 5517 | continue; |
| 5518 | } |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 | /* Now warn if a global symbol is undefined. We could not |
| 5521 | do this earlier, because check_dynamic_reloc might want |
| 5522 | to skip this reloc. */ |
| 5523 | if (hundef |
| 5524 | && ! finfo->info->shared |
| 5525 | && r_type != (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE10 |
| 5526 | && r_type != (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE13 |
| 5527 | && r_type != (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE22) |
| 5528 | { |
| 5529 | const char *name; |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 | if (h != NULL) |
| 5532 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 5533 | else |
| 5534 | name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd, syms[r_index].e_strx); |
| 5535 | if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) |
| 5536 | (finfo->info, name, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 5537 | r_addr, TRUE))) |
| 5538 | return FALSE; |
| 5539 | } |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 | if (r_type != (unsigned int) RELOC_SPARC_REV32) |
| 5542 | r = MY_final_link_relocate (howto_table_ext + r_type, |
| 5543 | input_bfd, input_section, |
| 5544 | contents, r_addr, relocation, |
| 5545 | r_addend); |
| 5546 | else |
| 5547 | { |
| 5548 | bfd_vma x; |
| 5549 | |
| 5550 | x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + r_addr); |
| 5551 | x = x + relocation + r_addend; |
| 5552 | bfd_putl32 (/*input_bfd,*/ x, contents + r_addr); |
| 5553 | r = bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 5554 | } |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 | if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) |
| 5557 | { |
| 5558 | switch (r) |
| 5559 | { |
| 5560 | default: |
| 5561 | case bfd_reloc_outofrange: |
| 5562 | abort (); |
| 5563 | case bfd_reloc_overflow: |
| 5564 | { |
| 5565 | const char *name; |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 | if (h != NULL) |
| 5568 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 5569 | else if (r_extern |
| 5570 | || r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE10 |
| 5571 | || r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE13 |
| 5572 | || r_type == (unsigned int) RELOC_BASE22) |
| 5573 | name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd, |
| 5574 | syms[r_index].e_strx); |
| 5575 | else |
| 5576 | { |
| 5577 | asection *s; |
| 5578 | |
| 5579 | s = aout_reloc_index_to_section (input_bfd, r_index); |
| 5580 | name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, s); |
| 5581 | } |
| 5582 | if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) |
| 5583 | (finfo->info, name, howto_table_ext[r_type].name, |
| 5584 | r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, r_addr))) |
| 5585 | return FALSE; |
| 5586 | } |
| 5587 | break; |
| 5588 | } |
| 5589 | } |
| 5590 | } |
| 5591 | } |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 | return TRUE; |
| 5594 | } |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 | /* Handle a link order which is supposed to generate a reloc. */ |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5599 | aout_link_reloc_link_order (finfo, o, p) |
| 5600 | struct aout_final_link_info *finfo; |
| 5601 | asection *o; |
| 5602 | struct bfd_link_order *p; |
| 5603 | { |
| 5604 | struct bfd_link_order_reloc *pr; |
| 5605 | int r_index; |
| 5606 | int r_extern; |
| 5607 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 5608 | file_ptr *reloff_ptr = NULL; |
| 5609 | struct reloc_std_external srel; |
| 5610 | struct reloc_ext_external erel; |
| 5611 | PTR rel_ptr; |
| 5612 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 | pr = p->u.reloc.p; |
| 5615 | |
| 5616 | if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order) |
| 5617 | { |
| 5618 | r_extern = 0; |
| 5619 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (pr->u.section)) |
| 5620 | r_index = N_ABS | N_EXT; |
| 5621 | else |
| 5622 | { |
| 5623 | BFD_ASSERT (pr->u.section->owner == finfo->output_bfd); |
| 5624 | r_index = pr->u.section->target_index; |
| 5625 | } |
| 5626 | } |
| 5627 | else |
| 5628 | { |
| 5629 | struct aout_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 5630 | |
| 5631 | BFD_ASSERT (p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order); |
| 5632 | r_extern = 1; |
| 5633 | h = ((struct aout_link_hash_entry *) |
| 5634 | bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (finfo->output_bfd, finfo->info, |
| 5635 | pr->u.name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)); |
| 5636 | if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL |
| 5637 | && h->indx >= 0) |
| 5638 | r_index = h->indx; |
| 5639 | else if (h != NULL) |
| 5640 | { |
| 5641 | /* We decided to strip this symbol, but it turns out that we |
| 5642 | can't. Note that we lose the other and desc information |
| 5643 | here. I don't think that will ever matter for a global |
| 5644 | symbol. */ |
| 5645 | h->indx = -2; |
| 5646 | h->written = FALSE; |
| 5647 | if (! aout_link_write_other_symbol (h, (PTR) finfo)) |
| 5648 | return FALSE; |
| 5649 | r_index = h->indx; |
| 5650 | } |
| 5651 | else |
| 5652 | { |
| 5653 | if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->unattached_reloc) |
| 5654 | (finfo->info, pr->u.name, (bfd *) NULL, |
| 5655 | (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0))) |
| 5656 | return FALSE; |
| 5657 | r_index = 0; |
| 5658 | } |
| 5659 | } |
| 5660 | |
| 5661 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (finfo->output_bfd, pr->reloc); |
| 5662 | if (howto == 0) |
| 5663 | { |
| 5664 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 5665 | return FALSE; |
| 5666 | } |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 | if (o == obj_textsec (finfo->output_bfd)) |
| 5669 | reloff_ptr = &finfo->treloff; |
| 5670 | else if (o == obj_datasec (finfo->output_bfd)) |
| 5671 | reloff_ptr = &finfo->dreloff; |
| 5672 | else |
| 5673 | abort (); |
| 5674 | |
| 5675 | if (obj_reloc_entry_size (finfo->output_bfd) == RELOC_STD_SIZE) |
| 5676 | { |
| 5677 | #ifdef MY_put_reloc |
| 5678 | MY_put_reloc (finfo->output_bfd, r_extern, r_index, p->offset, howto, |
| 5679 | &srel); |
| 5680 | #else |
| 5681 | { |
| 5682 | int r_pcrel; |
| 5683 | int r_baserel; |
| 5684 | int r_jmptable; |
| 5685 | int r_relative; |
| 5686 | int r_length; |
| 5687 | |
| 5688 | r_pcrel = (int) howto->pc_relative; |
| 5689 | r_baserel = (howto->type & 8) != 0; |
| 5690 | r_jmptable = (howto->type & 16) != 0; |
| 5691 | r_relative = (howto->type & 32) != 0; |
| 5692 | r_length = howto->size; |
| 5693 | |
| 5694 | PUT_WORD (finfo->output_bfd, p->offset, srel.r_address); |
| 5695 | if (bfd_header_big_endian (finfo->output_bfd)) |
| 5696 | { |
| 5697 | srel.r_index[0] = r_index >> 16; |
| 5698 | srel.r_index[1] = r_index >> 8; |
| 5699 | srel.r_index[2] = r_index; |
| 5700 | srel.r_type[0] = |
| 5701 | ((r_extern ? RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG : 0) |
| 5702 | | (r_pcrel ? RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG : 0) |
| 5703 | | (r_baserel ? RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG : 0) |
| 5704 | | (r_jmptable ? RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG : 0) |
| 5705 | | (r_relative ? RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG : 0) |
| 5706 | | (r_length << RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG)); |
| 5707 | } |
| 5708 | else |
| 5709 | { |
| 5710 | srel.r_index[2] = r_index >> 16; |
| 5711 | srel.r_index[1] = r_index >> 8; |
| 5712 | srel.r_index[0] = r_index; |
| 5713 | srel.r_type[0] = |
| 5714 | ((r_extern ? RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE : 0) |
| 5715 | | (r_pcrel ? RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE : 0) |
| 5716 | | (r_baserel ? RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE : 0) |
| 5717 | | (r_jmptable ? RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE : 0) |
| 5718 | | (r_relative ? RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE : 0) |
| 5719 | | (r_length << RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE)); |
| 5720 | } |
| 5721 | } |
| 5722 | #endif |
| 5723 | rel_ptr = (PTR) &srel; |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 | /* We have to write the addend into the object file, since |
| 5726 | standard a.out relocs are in place. It would be more |
| 5727 | reliable if we had the current contents of the file here, |
| 5728 | rather than assuming zeroes, but we can't read the file since |
| 5729 | it was opened using bfd_openw. */ |
| 5730 | if (pr->addend != 0) |
| 5731 | { |
| 5732 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 5733 | bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
| 5734 | bfd_byte *buf; |
| 5735 | bfd_boolean ok; |
| 5736 | |
| 5737 | size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto); |
| 5738 | buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zmalloc (size); |
| 5739 | if (buf == (bfd_byte *) NULL) |
| 5740 | return FALSE; |
| 5741 | r = MY_relocate_contents (howto, finfo->output_bfd, |
| 5742 | (bfd_vma) pr->addend, buf); |
| 5743 | switch (r) |
| 5744 | { |
| 5745 | case bfd_reloc_ok: |
| 5746 | break; |
| 5747 | default: |
| 5748 | case bfd_reloc_outofrange: |
| 5749 | abort (); |
| 5750 | case bfd_reloc_overflow: |
| 5751 | if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) |
| 5752 | (finfo->info, |
| 5753 | (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order |
| 5754 | ? bfd_section_name (finfo->output_bfd, |
| 5755 | pr->u.section) |
| 5756 | : pr->u.name), |
| 5757 | howto->name, pr->addend, (bfd *) NULL, |
| 5758 | (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0))) |
| 5759 | { |
| 5760 | free (buf); |
| 5761 | return FALSE; |
| 5762 | } |
| 5763 | break; |
| 5764 | } |
| 5765 | ok = bfd_set_section_contents (finfo->output_bfd, o, (PTR) buf, |
| 5766 | (file_ptr) p->offset, size); |
| 5767 | free (buf); |
| 5768 | if (! ok) |
| 5769 | return FALSE; |
| 5770 | } |
| 5771 | } |
| 5772 | else |
| 5773 | { |
| 5774 | #ifdef MY_put_ext_reloc |
| 5775 | MY_put_ext_reloc (finfo->output_bfd, r_extern, r_index, p->offset, |
| 5776 | howto, &erel, pr->addend); |
| 5777 | #else |
| 5778 | PUT_WORD (finfo->output_bfd, p->offset, erel.r_address); |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 | if (bfd_header_big_endian (finfo->output_bfd)) |
| 5781 | { |
| 5782 | erel.r_index[0] = r_index >> 16; |
| 5783 | erel.r_index[1] = r_index >> 8; |
| 5784 | erel.r_index[2] = r_index; |
| 5785 | erel.r_type[0] = |
| 5786 | ((r_extern ? RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG : 0) |
| 5787 | | (howto->type << RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG)); |
| 5788 | } |
| 5789 | else |
| 5790 | { |
| 5791 | erel.r_index[2] = r_index >> 16; |
| 5792 | erel.r_index[1] = r_index >> 8; |
| 5793 | erel.r_index[0] = r_index; |
| 5794 | erel.r_type[0] = |
| 5795 | (r_extern ? RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE : 0) |
| 5796 | | (howto->type << RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE); |
| 5797 | } |
| 5798 | |
| 5799 | PUT_WORD (finfo->output_bfd, (bfd_vma) pr->addend, erel.r_addend); |
| 5800 | #endif /* MY_put_ext_reloc */ |
| 5801 | |
| 5802 | rel_ptr = (PTR) &erel; |
| 5803 | } |
| 5804 | |
| 5805 | amt = obj_reloc_entry_size (finfo->output_bfd); |
| 5806 | if (bfd_seek (finfo->output_bfd, *reloff_ptr, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 5807 | || bfd_bwrite (rel_ptr, amt, finfo->output_bfd) != amt) |
| 5808 | return FALSE; |
| 5809 | |
| 5810 | *reloff_ptr += obj_reloc_entry_size (finfo->output_bfd); |
| 5811 | |
| 5812 | /* Assert that the relocs have not run into the symbols, and that n |
| 5813 | the text relocs have not run into the data relocs. */ |
| 5814 | BFD_ASSERT (*reloff_ptr <= obj_sym_filepos (finfo->output_bfd) |
| 5815 | && (reloff_ptr != &finfo->treloff |
| 5816 | || (*reloff_ptr |
| 5817 | <= obj_datasec (finfo->output_bfd)->rel_filepos))); |
| 5818 | |
| 5819 | return TRUE; |
| 5820 | } |